UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

Or

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from          to          

 

Commission file number 001-31984

 



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

 

13-3994449

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

 

 

5701 Stirling Road
Davie, Florida 33314
(954) 316-5200

(Address, of principal executive offices; zip code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered


 


Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes   o

No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 

Yes   o

No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes   x

No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

o

Accelerated filer

x

Non-accelerated filer

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). 

Yes   o

No   x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing market price, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, on the last business day of the second quarter of 2006 was $317,522,288.  As of February 28, 2007, the total number of shares outstanding of registrant’s common stock was 29,478,865.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2006 (Part III).



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC. 2006 ANNUAL REPORT

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 


PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

19

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

26

Item 2.

Properties

 

26

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

26

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

26

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

27

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

30

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

31

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

60

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

60

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

60

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

61

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

61

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

62

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

62

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

62

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

62

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

62

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

63

i



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC. 2006 ANNUAL REPORT

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

          Bristol West Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a provider of private passenger automobile insurance.  When this report uses the words “we,” “us,” and “our,” these words refer to Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.  The Company was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 17, 1998.

          Most of the business we write is non-standard automobile insurance.  Given the homogeneity of our product, the regulatory environments in which we operate, the type of customer we serve and our method of distribution, we report our operations as one segment.  Non-standard automobile insurance provides coverage to drivers who find it difficult to purchase automobile insurance from standard carriers as a result of a number of factors, including their vehicle type, age, claims history, limited financial resources or driving record.   Typically, these drivers purchase minimal levels of insurance coverage in order to comply with state-mandated financial responsibility laws.  As of December 31, 2006, 82% of our policyholders had purchased minimum limits of liability coverage as required by the states in which they reside, although 71% of our policyholders had clean motor vehicle driving records.  For comparable coverage, premiums for non-standard automobile insurance policies generally are higher than for standard or preferred automobile insurance policies.

          The operating results of property and casualty insurance companies are subject to fluctuations from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, general economic conditions, the regulatory climate in states where an insurer operates, state regulation of premium rates, changes in pricing and underwriting practices of the insurer and its competitors, the frequency and severity of losses, natural disasters and other factors.  (See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” below.)  Historically, results of property and casualty insurance companies have been cyclical, with periods of high premium rates and strong profitability followed by periods of price competition, falling premium rates and reduced profitability.

          We offer insurance coverage exclusively through independent agents and brokers, which totaled 9,141 as of December 31, 2006.  Because some of our agents and brokers operate from multiple locations, our products were offered at 12,391 locations.  We are licensed to provide insurance in 38 states and the District of Columbia, although we focus our operations in 22 states that we believe provide significant opportunity for profitable growth over time.  Our markets include California, Florida and Texas - the three largest non-standard automobile insurance markets in the United States.  These states were our first, second, and fourth largest states by premium volume and accounted for approximately 64% of our gross written premium for the year ended December 31, 2006.  We charge fees for policy issuance, installment payment processing and other items that, in total, are equivalent to approximately 9% of gross earned premium.

          On March 1, 2007, we entered into a merger agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with Farmers Group, Inc. (“Farmers”) pursuant to which BWH Acquisition Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Farmers (“Merger Sub”), will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Farmers (the “Merger”).  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time and as a result of the Merger, each then outstanding share (each a “Share”) of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), including restricted stock (which vests upon a change in control), will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $22.50 in cash per Share, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”).  Each share of Common Stock that is subject to a then outstanding option and warrant that is vested or vests upon a change in control will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration less the exercise price per Share for the Option.  Each hypothetical share of Common Stock then included in a non-employee director’s deferred compensation account (each a “Phantom Share”) under our Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors’ Plan”) also will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration.  Consummation of the Merger is subject to various customary closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (1) the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, (2) all insurance antitrust approvals and regulatory approvals from certain insurance departments, (3) absence of certain orders preventing the Merger, and (4) the approval of the Merger Agreement by the Company’s stockholders.  Further, both the Company and Farmers may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated by December 1, 2007.  We currently expect the Merger to close before the end of 2007.

1



Products and Services

          Policies. We offer a wide range of coverage options to meet our policyholders’ needs.  Our liability-only policies generally include:

 

bodily injury liability coverage, which protects insureds if they are involved in accidents that cause bodily injuries to others, and also provides insureds with a legal defense if they are sued by others for covered damages; and

 

 

 

 

property damage liability coverage, which protects insureds if they are involved in accidents that cause damage to another’s property, and also provides insureds with a legal defense if they are sued by others for covered damages.

Our liability-only policies include personal injury protection coverage in certain states, which provides coverage for our insureds’ injuries without regard to fault.

          In addition to the coverages described above, our policies may include, at the option of the policyholder:

 

collision coverage, which pays for damages to the insured’s vehicle when damaged by a collision with another vehicle or object, regardless of fault;

 

 

 

 

comprehensive coverage, which pays for damages to the insured’s vehicle when damaged as a result of causes other than collision, such as vandalism, theft, wind, hail or water; and

 

 

 

 

medical payments coverage, which pays for an insured’s medical or funeral expenses related to an automobile accident.

          We offer insurance products and payment plans that we have tailored to the non-standard marketplace.  For customers whose selection of an insurance policy is driven by their desire to minimize their initial cash outlay, we offer low down payments and monthly billing plans.  Our experience has shown us that total policy cost, although a variable in the purchasing decision, is not as important to this segment of applicants as is an installment plan with a low down payment.  Accordingly, we designed our payment plans to be attractive to these customers by minimizing the up-front cash outlay through low down payments and monthly billing.  Our billing and collection processes facilitate these payment plans while preventing significant exposure to credit losses.

          There is another large segment of drivers who do not qualify for standard products due to a driving record transgression, their age, or recent financial instability, but for whom total policy cost is the most important consideration.  We also structured our products to appeal to these potential customers.  We offer various discounts for better risks, including in some states where allowed, discounts for having maintained automobile insurance within a prescribed prior time period and/or for maintaining homeowners insurance.  Conversely, we add surcharges for traffic violations and accidents.

          In addition to the premiums we collect for the insurance coverage we provide, we collect policy origination fees and installment fees.  We may also charge additional fees for late payment, policy cancellation, policy rewrite and reinstatement and for other reasons.  These fees represented revenues equivalent to approximately 9% of gross earned premium.

Distribution and Marketing

          We distributed our products through 9,141 independent producers as of December 31, 2006.  Because some producers operate from multiple locations, our products were offered through 12,391 locations.  Since we sell our products only through the independent producer channel, building and maintaining strong relationships with our independent agents and brokers is a key element to our long-term success.  We strive to maintain these relationships by providing our agents and brokers with high-quality service, a stable presence in their markets and competitive compensation programs.  We provide our producers with easy-to-use underwriting and policy administration software.  We offer competitively priced products, convenient installment billing plans and superior service to our producers and insureds.  We do not provide contingent commissions or incentives to our agents and brokers.

          Geographic Distribution.  We have licenses to write insurance in 38 states and the District of Columbia, but we focus on 22 states that we believe provide significant opportunity for profitable growth based upon historical results, current market conditions and each state’s legal and regulatory environment.

2



          For the year ended December 31, 2006, our top three states represented 70.2% of our gross written premium. The following table sets forth the distribution of our gross written premium by state, excluding the change in the provision for expected cancellations, as a percent of total gross written premium for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

California

 

 

40.4

%

 

46.3

%

 

56.1

%

Florida

 

 

17.9

 

 

15.2

 

 

14.3

 

Michigan

 

 

11.9

 

 

13.9

 

 

10.2

 

Texas

 

 

5.2

 

 

3.8

 

 

2.4

 

South Carolina

 

 

4.9

 

 

3.4

 

 

2.5

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

4.0

 

 

3.0

 

 

2.2

 

New Hampshire

 

 

2.3

 

 

2.6

 

 

1.8

 

Colorado

 

 

2.0

 

 

1.2

 

 

0.7

 

Maine

 

 

2.0

 

 

2.4

 

 

1.9

 

Virginia

 

 

1.8

 

 

1.5

 

 

1.6

 

All other states

 

 

7.7

 

 

6.7

 

 

6.3

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

100.0%

 

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 



 

          Major Producers.  Our top 10 producers, as measured by premium volume, accounted for 20.1%, 22.4%, and 25.5% of our gross written premium for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  In 2006, no single producer accounted for 10% or more of our gross written premium.  The concentration of our business with our top producers has declined as we have increased our producer base, entered new markets, and encountered increased competition in California, resulting in a decline in production from both large and small producers.  We do not have any long-term producer contracts.  Eight of our 10 largest producers produce the majority of their business in California.

          Relationships with Agents and Brokers.  We offer our policies through 9,141 agents and brokers with 12,391 locations as of December 31, 2006.  We devote considerable time and resources to developing and maintaining relationships with these producers, and we endeavor to provide them with responsive service, a stable presence, and competitive compensation programs. 

          Our marketing department regularly visits and works closely with our agents and brokers in order to keep them up to date on our products and to gather information on industry trends.

          We provide proprietary software to agents and brokers that permits them to access centralized information about their customers.  In addition, we have deployed point-of-sale underwriting and policy issuance software at most of our producers’ locations.  Point-of-sale underwriting technology uses Internet connectivity to obtain and verify an applicant’s underwriting and rating information as part of the application process.  The producer enters the applicant’s underwriting data into a Company-provided software application, OneStep® or OneStep Raptor®.  Concurrently, these software applications automatically and electronically obtain key underwriting and rating information, such as driving record and claim history, and reconcile it to the application information.  In this manner, the producer can provide a final price quote to the applicant at the point of sale.  If the applicant chooses to purchase the policy, producers can complete the transaction immediately.  The producer can collect the payment and provide the insured with their policy and insurance identification card, and in some cases, with their policy declaration page and a copy of their first invoice.

          We employ daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly data analysis to monitor various aspects of a producer’s business conduct including adherence to our underwriting policies and procedures and the profitability of the producer’s business with us.  We evaluate each producer on numerous key factors, including the following:

 

loss experience;

 

 

 

 

violations of our underwriting guidelines;

 

 

 

 

claim timing:  we terminate relationships with producers we find backdating policies to make them effective prior to the occurrence of a loss; and

 

 

 

 

business activity:  we measure our producers’ business activity to identify and actively manage our relationship with producers that are not consistently selling our products.

3



          Producer Compensation.  We have designed our producer compensation programs to be competitive in each market in which we operate.  At policy inception or renewal, we pay commissions at a percentage of the full term policy premium.  Our producers highly value receiving the full term commission up front.  If a policy cancels before its expiration date, the producer is bound contractually to return the unearned commission to us.

          For 2006 and 2005, the only forms of compensation we paid to our producers were new and renewal commissions.  In previous years and on a case-by-case basis, we had negotiated profit sharing agreements with some of our larger producers.  Such agreements awarded additional compensation to producers which maintained or outperformed specified loss ratio targets and maintained an agreed amount of in-force business.  Effective January 1, 2005, we discontinued these profit sharing arrangements and implemented various fixed commission tiers into which producers are placed depending upon our assessment of economies of scale, the producer’s level of expertise in placing automobile insurance and the geographic scope of the producer’s operations.  Within each state, we revised the commission structure to produce a commission ratio consistent with the previous structure.

          The ratio of commission expense to gross earned premium, including all profit sharing compensation, of which there was none in 2006 and 2005, was 14.8%, 14.7%, and 15.3% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The ratio of profit sharing commission expense to gross earned premium was 0.0%, 0.0%, and 0.6% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          Point-of-Sale Underwriting and Policy Issuance.  We have made significant strides in point-of-sale underwriting.   In the aggregate, we utilized point-of-sale underwriting to process over 99% of our new business applications in 2006.  We have fully deployed OneStep, our browser-based point-of-sale underwriting system, in 12 states.

          By utilizing point-of-sale underwriting, policy issuance is now immediate in the states in which we have deployed it compared to an average of five days prior to our implementation of point-of-sale underwriting.  In addition to reducing uprates (increases in premiums after issuance), the efficiency gains have helped us to improve policyholder service.

Underwriting and Pricing

          We establish policy rates utilizing a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, vehicle type, driver age, driving record, type of coverage, miles driven, financial responsibility, prior insurance coverage and policy limits. We continuously evaluate and modify our rates in order to maintain an acceptable level of underwriting profitability.

          We have product managers for each state in which we operate or that we are considering entering.  Each product manager is responsible for monitoring our competitive position and profitability.  They work closely with our pricing actuaries, marketing department and senior staff to develop or alter our product and pricing strategies.

Claims Handling

          Our Claims Department currently has over 500 claims employees and managers located in 14 offices around the country.  Each claims office has an assigned geographic service area, but has the flexibility to handle claims from other areas as necessitated by workloads and available staff.

          We respond quickly to reported claims.  A toll-free access number allows policyholders to report claims 24 hours a day, seven days a week.  Claims representatives endeavor to contact all parties involved in an accident within 24 hours of receipt of loss notification and inspect any damaged property within 72 hours of contact with the owner.  Claims managers review all new claims within 24 hours of receipt of notification to provide input and direction, and maintain involvement throughout the life of the claim.

          We focus on prompt, accurate claims handling.  Our claims staff investigates all claims and handles most vehicle damage appraisals, with a small percentage of inspection appraisals completed by independent appraisers when warranted by the location or when our appraisers are not available.  Twenty-two in-house attorneys in seven offices defend most of the lawsuits brought against our insureds.  We maintain a Special Investigation Unit with 37 employees deployed nationwide who control costs through fraud mitigation, form effective relationships with law enforcement agencies and ensure our compliance with applicable anti-fraud regulations.  The Special Investigation Unit uses anti-fraud databases and real time intelligence from law enforcement agencies to identify suspicious losses.  We have a Claim Quality and Employee Development (QED) group responsible for auditing and training.  The Audit Department conducts comprehensive internal audits of claim handling, focusing on procedures, financial controls, data integrity and regulatory compliance.  The Training Department provides both new hire training and advanced training to experienced claims representatives.

4



Technology

          We have substantially upgraded our information technology capabilities in recent years, including the following:

          Data Warehouse. We maintain an extensive proprietary database, which contains statistical records with respect to our insureds, including, among other data, the insured’s rating classification, motor vehicle records, years licensed, and loss experience by each rating variable.  Analysis of this data enables us to identify trends emerging in our business and to respond with changes to prices, product or underwriting guidelines.

          Claims Administration. Our in-house claims administration system maintains all notes, diaries and related party information on each claim and provides automated on-line management reports on the number of outstanding claims and service levels.  It provides a financial control and automatically generates and maintains loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.  The system interfaces with a standardized estimating service and retains pictures of each appraised vehicle.

          Point-of-Sale Underwriting. We have online point-of-sale application systems, OneStep and OneStep Raptor; and as of December 31, 2006, we were producing more than 99% of our business through these systems.  We have an exclusive license to use OneStep in the non-standard automobile insurance industry through December 2009. OneStep and OneStep Raptor use technology to provide fast and accurate quotes by accessing third-party information at the point of sale, including an applicant’s driving record, accident history and, where permitted by law, credit reports.  This process reduces the frequency of uprates, which may occur when an application is incomplete or inaccurate.  Our point-of-sale application systems permit the producer to print the policy, the identification cards and the policy declaration page as soon as the verifications are complete, usually within minutes.

          BWProducers.com. This website provides our producers with complete access to all information about their Bristol West policyholders, including billing information, policy status, cancellations and installments.  This access to timely and centralized information gives our producers the ability to better manage their business and increase their retention rates.  The system allows online payments from our producers.

          Policyholder Tools. We provide automated phone and web payment functionality for our policyholders that is available 24 hours per day, seven days per week.

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve Development

          Automobile accidents generally result in insurance companies paying settlements resulting from physical damage to one or more automobiles or other property and injuries to one or more persons.  Because our insureds typically notify us immediately after an accident has occurred, our ultimate liability on our policies generally becomes fairly apparent in a relatively short period of time.  However, months and sometimes years may elapse between the occurrence of an accident, reporting of the accident to us and payment of the claim.  We record a liability for estimates of losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) that we expect to pay on accidents reported to us and we estimate and record a liability for accidents that have occurred but have not been reported to us, which we refer to as incurred but not reported loss and LAE reserves.  For a discussion of our methodologies for establishing loss and LAE reserves as well as our estimates of loss and LAE reserves as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies - Estimation of Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.”

          Quarterly, for each financial reporting date, we record our best estimate, which is a point estimate, of our overall loss and LAE reserves for both current and prior accident years.  As our experience develops and we learn new information, our quarterly reserving process may produce revisions to our previously reported loss and LAE reserves.  We refer to such revisions as “development” and such development may be material.  We recognize favorable development when we decrease our previously reported loss and LAE reserves, which results in an increase to net income in the period recognized.  We recognize adverse development when we increase our previously reported loss and LAE reserves, which results in a decrease to net income in the period recognized. 

5



          The following table presents the development of our loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance, for the calendar years 1996 through 2006 (in thousands of dollars).

 

 

1996

 

1997

 

1998

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

As Originally Estimated:

 

 

21,013

 

 

26,593

 

 

59,472

 

 

44,174

 

 

51,349

 

 

39,089

 

 

82,280

 

 

89,010

 

 

105,420

 

 

197,403

 

 

204,654

 

As Re-estimated as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

25,946

 

 

39,237

 

 

57,656

 

 

54,484

 

 

84,810

 

 

79,942

 

 

107,492

 

 

105,695

 

 

113,121

 

 

202,696

 

 

 

 

Liability Re-estimated as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year Later

 

 

24,630

 

 

44,295

 

 

55,640

 

 

50,502

 

 

68,002

 

 

67,274

 

 

91,594

 

 

91,523

 

 

105,429

 

 

202,696

 

 

 

 

Two Years Later

 

 

28,169

 

 

38,239

 

 

55,977

 

 

51,667

 

 

80,655

 

 

75,203

 

 

102,382

 

 

101,373

 

 

113,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Years Later

 

 

25,520

 

 

38,368

 

 

56,602

 

 

52,928

 

 

83,277

 

 

78,113

 

 

106,627

 

 

105,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Four Years Later

 

 

25,662

 

 

38,943

 

 

56,950

 

 

53,805

 

 

84,260

 

 

79,863

 

 

107,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Five Years Later

 

 

26,089

 

 

39,029

 

 

57,161

 

 

54,438

 

 

84,934

 

 

79,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Years Later

 

 

26,005

 

 

39,051

 

 

57,634

 

 

54,622

 

 

84,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seven Years Later

 

 

25,923

 

 

39,183

 

 

57,753

 

 

54,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eight Years Later

 

 

25,971

 

 

39,290

 

 

57,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Years Later

 

 

25,983

 

 

39,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ten Years Later

 

 

25,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Deficiency (Redundancy)

 

 

4,933

 

 

12,644

 

 

(1,816

)

 

10,310

 

 

33,461

 

 

40,853

 

 

25,212

 

 

16,685

 

 

7,701

 

 

5,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Amounts Paid as of :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year Later

 

 

18,069

 

 

27,371

 

 

51,201

 

 

43,231

 

 

61,891

 

 

50,870

 

 

75,489

 

 

67,411

 

 

42,736

 

 

139,079

 

 

 

 

Two Years Later

 

 

23,520

 

 

36,674

 

 

56,448

 

 

50,016

 

 

75,642

 

 

71,619

 

 

94,793

 

 

85,226

 

 

93,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Years Later

 

 

25,189

 

 

38,320

 

 

57,101

 

 

51,839

 

 

81,953

 

 

75,777

 

 

103,431

 

 

100,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Four Years Later

 

 

25,653

 

 

38,808

 

 

57,046

 

 

52,693

 

 

83,591

 

 

78,725

 

 

106,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Five Years Later

 

 

25,850

 

 

38,945

 

 

57,185

 

 

54,344

 

 

84,369

 

 

79,119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Years Later

 

 

25,872

 

 

38,969

 

 

57,610

 

 

54,556

 

 

84,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seven Years Later

 

 

25,866

 

 

39,190

 

 

57,719

 

 

54,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eight Years Later

 

 

25,970

 

 

39,290

 

 

57,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Years Later

 

 

25,983

 

 

39,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ten Years Later

 

 

25,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense
Liability as a Percentage of Initially Estimated
Liability

 

 

1996

 

1997

 

1998

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Liability Re-estimated as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year Later

 

 

117

%

 

167

%

 

94

%

 

114

%

 

132

%

 

172

%

 

111

%

 

103

%

 

100

%

 

103

%

 

 

 

Two Years Later

 

 

134

%

 

144

%

 

94

%

 

117

%

 

157

%

 

192

%

 

124

%

 

114

%

 

107

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Years Later

 

 

121

%

 

144

%

 

95

%

 

120

%

 

162

%

 

200

%

 

130

%

 

119

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Four Years Later

 

 

122

%

 

146

%

 

96

%

 

122

%

 

164

%

 

204

%

 

131

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Five Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

147

%

 

96

%

 

123

%

 

165

%

 

205

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

147

%

 

97

%

 

124

%

 

165

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seven Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

147

%

 

97

%

 

123

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eight Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

148

%

 

97

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

148

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ten Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Deficiency (Redundancy)

 

 

23

%

 

48

%

 

-3

%

 

23

%

 

65

%

 

105

%

 

31

%

 

19

%

 

7

%

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss and Loss Adjustment Cumulative
Paid as a Percentage of Initially Estimated
Liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Amounts Paid as of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year Later

 

 

86

%

 

103

%

 

86

%

 

98

%

 

121

%

 

130

%

 

92

%

 

76

%

 

41

%

 

70

%

 

 

 

Two Years Later

 

 

112

%

 

138

%

 

95

%

 

113

%

 

147

%

 

183

%

 

115

%

 

96

%

 

88

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Years Later

 

 

120

%

 

144

%

 

96

%

 

117

%

 

160

%

 

194

%

 

126

%

 

113

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Four Years Later

 

 

122

%

 

146

%

 

96

%

 

119

%

 

163

%

 

201

%

 

129

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Five Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

146

%

 

96

%

 

123

%

 

164

%

 

202

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

147

%

 

97

%

 

124

%

 

165

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seven Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

147

%

 

97

%

 

123

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eight Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

148

%

 

97

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine Years Later

 

 

124

%

 

148

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ten Years Later

 

 

123

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6



          In 2006, we experienced $5.3 million of adverse development on loss and LAE reserves established at December 31, 2005.  The increase in our reserves for prior accident years was driven by a variety of factors, including higher than expected claim severity (dollars of loss per claim) in Michigan Personal Injury Protection claims, greater than expected litigation costs in Florida, and higher than expected claim severity in California, which includes a California extra-contractual claim verdict of $0.4 million.

          The adverse development in our reserves for losses and LAE for the 1999 to 2002 years is due to a number of factors.  A reorganization of our claims department in 2000 resulted in an unanticipated increase in the average cost per closed claim and the number of claims primarily in California and Florida in 2000, 2001 and 2002.  In addition, rate reductions in California between June 1998 and July 1999 and a poorly structured and priced product in Texas that we began offering in the first quarter of 1999 and discontinued in August 2002 also led to adverse development in reserves for unpaid losses and LAE.

          In April 2003, our actuarial staff started tracking the emergence of all loss data by state, program, coverage group and accident quarter on a daily basis.  We analyze this data using a browser-based reporting tool that compares the actual emergence of losses and LAE relative to the expected emergence over time.  We use detailed mathematical models, which we continuously refine to reduce the variability of our estimates of loss and LAE reserves.  Additionally, in August 2003, we deployed an Oracle-based data warehouse, which improves our actuarial staff’s ability to evaluate loss and LAE emergence relative to our expectations regarding loss and LAE reserves for the prior quarter.  In addition to the sophistication with which we price our products, this data warehouse also improves the ability of our actuaries to analyze loss emergence relative to initial pricing and product design assumptions.  For a discussion of our methodologies for establishing loss and LAE reserves, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies - Estimation of Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.”

          We believe the liabilities that we have currently recorded for losses and LAE are adequate to cover the ultimate cost of losses and LAE that we have incurred to date.

          The following table is a reconciliation of our net liability to our gross liability for losses and LAE (in thousands).

 

 

1996

 

1997

 

1998

 

1999

 

2000

 

2001

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

As Originally Estimated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Liability

 

 

21,013

 

 

26,593

 

 

59,472

 

 

44,174

 

 

51,349

 

 

39,089

 

 

82,280

 

 

89,010

 

 

105,420

 

 

197,403

 

 

204,654

 

Add Reinsurance Recoverables

 

 

20,541

 

 

33,762

 

 

12,795

 

 

20,827

 

 

30,132

 

 

66,904

 

 

75,136

 

 

113,286

 

 

116,906

 

 

24,042

 

 

34,523

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross Liability

 

 

41,554

 

 

60,355

 

 

72,267

 

 

65,001

 

 

81,481

 

 

105,993

 

 

157,416

 

 

202,296

 

 

222,326

 

 

221,445

 

 

239,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Re-estimated as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Liability

 

 

25,946

 

 

39,237

 

 

57,656

 

 

54,484

 

 

84,810

 

 

79,942

 

 

107,492

 

 

105,695

 

 

113,121

 

 

202,696

 

 

 

 

Add Reinsurance Recoverables

 

 

23,279

 

 

22,764

 

 

10,174

 

 

21,812

 

 

39,128

 

 

66,018

 

 

83,299

 

 

113,679

 

 

118,365

 

 

28,275

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

Gross Liability

 

 

49,225

 

 

62,001

 

 

67,830

 

 

76,296

 

 

123,938

 

 

145,960

 

 

190,791

 

 

219,374

 

 

231,486

 

 

230,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Cumulative Deficiency (Redundancy)

 

 

7,671

 

 

1,646

 

 

(4,437

)

 

11,295

 

 

42,457

 

 

39,967

 

 

33,375

 

 

17,078

 

 

9,160

 

 

9,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Cumulative Deficiency (Redundancy) as a  Percent of Originally Estimated Gross Liability

 

 

18

%

 

3

%

 

-6

%

 

17

%

 

52

%

 

38

%

 

21

%

 

8

%

 

4

%

 

4

%

 

 

 

7



Investments

          We had total cash, cash equivalents and invested assets of $545.0 million at December 31, 2006, which represents an increase of $57.7 million, compared to $487.3 million at December 31, 2005.  The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and invested assets as of the dates indicated.

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

% of Total
at Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities, available for sale

 

$

496.8

 

$

493.7

 

 

90.6

%

Equity securities, available for sale

 

 

2.0

 

 

2.0

 

 

0.4

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

49.3

 

 

49.3

 

 

9.0

%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

548.1

 

$

545.0

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

% of Total
at Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities, available for sale

 

$

458.2

 

$

452.9

 

 

92.9

%

Equity securities, available for sale

 

 

2.0

 

 

2.0

 

 

0.4

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

32.4

 

 

32.4

 

 

6.7

%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

492.6

 

$

487.3

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 



 

          Investment Strategy.  Our fixed income investment portfolio is highly marketable and consists of publicly traded, high quality investment-grade debt securities.  We hold no equity securities, other than an investment in OneShield, Inc. (see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).  We have no foreign currency risk.  Hyperion Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. manages our investment portfolio and provides all related accounting and statutory investment reporting.

          We have formal investment guidelines with our outside managers, which have been in place for seven years, and allow the following maximum allocations by sector subject to investment regulations in effect in the state of domicile of each of our insurance companies:

U.S. Treasury Notes

 

 

100

%

U.S. Government Agencies

 

 

50

%

Mortgage Backed Securities

 

 

50

%

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

 

 

10

%

Corporate Bonds

 

 

60

%

Canadian Provinces

 

 

10

%

Yankee bonds (excluding Canada)

 

 

10

%

Asset Backed Securities

 

 

25

%

          We vary our allocation to tax-exempt securities based upon our tax position.  We are in regular communication with our investment advisor to discuss our tax position and other matters.  We base the maximum allocation to any one issuer on the ratings of the issuer’s securities.

          Investment Portfolio.  Our investment portfolio consists primarily of debt securities, all of which we classify as available for sale and carry at fair value.  We report unrealized gains and losses in our financial statements as a separate component of stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis.  As of December 31, 2006, the fair value of our investment portfolio of $495.7 million included $3.1 million in pre-tax net unrealized losses.  As of December 31, 2005, the fair value of our investment portfolio of $454.9 million included $5.3 million in pre-tax net unrealized losses.  The tax equivalent book yield of the portfolio was 4.96% at December 31, 2006 compared to 4.52% at December 31, 2005.

8



          Our investment objectives are to maximize after-tax investment income, while maintaining a highly marketable investment grade portfolio.  As of December 31, 2006, our portfolio had an average Standard & Poor’s rating of “AAA”, a tax equivalent book yield of 4.96% and an effective duration of 3.30 years.  The following table presents the composition of our investment portfolio by type of investment as of the dates indicated:

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

49.3

 

 

9.0

%

$

32.4

 

 

6.6

%

U.S. Government securities

 

 

2.8

 

 

0.5

%

 

3.3

 

 

0.7

%

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120.4

 

 

22.1

%

 

73.1

 

 

15.0

%

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

222.2

 

 

40.8

%

 

211.2

 

 

43.3

%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12.1

 

 

2.2

%

 

13.0

 

 

2.7

%

Corporate and other

 

 

139.3

 

 

25.6

%

 

157.6

 

 

32.4

%

Preferred stock

 

 

2.0

 

 

0.4

%

 

2.0

 

 

0.4

%

Net unrealized losses on fixed maturities

 

 

(3.1

)

 

-0.6

%

 

(5.3

)

 

-1.1

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total investments at market value

 

$

545.0

 

 

100.0

%

$

487.3

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

9



          The following table presents the composition by type of security, including the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt securities available for sale in our investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(in millions)

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

2.8

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

2.8

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120.4

 

 

0.8

 

 

1.0

 

 

120.2

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

222.2

 

 

0.7

 

 

2.3

 

 

220.6

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12.1

 

 

—  

 

 

0.2

 

 

11.9

 

Corporate and other

 

 

139.3

 

 

0.4

 

 

1.5

 

 

138.2

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

496.8

 

 

1.9

 

 

5.0

 

 

493.7

 

Preferred stock

 

 

2.0

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2.0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

498.8

 

$

1.9

 

$

5.0

 

$

495.7

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

3.3

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

3.3

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

73.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

1.4

 

 

71.8

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

211.2

 

 

0.6

 

 

2.3

 

 

209.5

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

13.0

 

 

—  

 

 

0.2

 

 

12.8

 

Corporate and other

 

 

157.6

 

 

0.4

 

 

2.5

 

 

155.5

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

458.2

 

 

1.1

 

 

6.4

 

 

452.9

 

Preferred stock

 

 

2.0

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2.0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

460.2

 

$

1.1

 

$

6.4

 

$

454.9

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The following table reflects the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity.  Actual repayments may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Years to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or less

 

$

32.9

 

$

32.6

 

After one year through five years

 

 

155.8

 

 

153.9

 

After five years through ten years

 

 

120.6

 

 

120.1

 

After ten years

 

 

55.0

 

 

55.0

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120.4

 

 

120.2

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12.1

 

 

11.9

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

496.8

 

$

493.7

 

 

 



 



 

10



          The Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissions (“NAIC”) evaluates the bond investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns securities to one of six investment categories called “NAIC designations.”  The NAIC designations generally parallel the credit ratings of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations for marketable bonds.  NAIC designations 1 and 2 include bonds considered to be investment grade, which are those rated “BBB-” or higher by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.  NAIC designations 3 through 6 include bonds considered to be below investment grade, rated “BB+” or lower by Standard & Poor’s.  All of the debt securities in our portfolio were rated investment grade by the NAIC and Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2006.  Investment grade securities generally bear lower yields and lower degrees of credit risk than those that are unrated or are rated non-investment grade.

          The following table reflects the quality distribution of our fixed maturity portfolio as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

NAIC
Rating

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

% of Total
at Fair Value

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Standard & Poor’s Rating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AAA

 

 

1

 

$

402.3

 

$

399.9

 

 

81.0

%

AAA

 

 

2

 

 

1.1

 

 

1.1

 

 

0.2

%

AA

 

 

1

 

 

56.3

 

 

55.8

 

 

11.3

%

A

 

 

1

 

 

33.3

 

 

33.1

 

 

6.7

%

A

 

 

2

 

 

1.0

 

 

1.0

 

 

0.2

%

U.S. Treasuries agencies

 

 

1

 

 

2.8

 

 

2.8

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturity investments

 

 

 

 

$

496.8

 

$

493.7

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

          We evaluate the risk against reward tradeoffs of investment opportunities, measuring their effects on the stability, diversity, overall quality and liquidity of our investment portfolio.

          The primary market risk exposure to our debt securities portfolio is interest rate risk, which we strive to limit by managing duration to a range of three to four years.  Interest rate risk includes the risk from movements in market rates and changes in the credit spread of the respective sectors of the debt securities held in our portfolio.

          An additional exposure to our debt securities portfolio is credit risk.  We attempt to manage our credit risk through issuer and industry diversification.  We regularly monitor our overall investment results and review compliance with our investment objectives and guidelines.  Our investment guidelines include limitations on the minimum rating of debt securities in our investment portfolio, as well as restrictions on the maximum amount of investments in debt securities of a single issuer.

          On a quarterly basis, we examine our investment portfolio for evidence of impairment.  Our assessment of whether impairment has occurred is based on our evaluation, on an individual security basis, of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value, which we discuss with our investment advisor.  Together, we determine the extent to which such changes are attributable to interest rates, market-related factors other than interest rates, as well as financial condition, business prospects and other fundamental factors specific to the issuer.  We review declines attributable to issuer fundamentals in further detail.  If we were to determine that one or more of the securities in our investment portfolio had suffered a decline in fair value that is other than temporary, we would reduce the carrying value of the security to its current fair value as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

          Based upon our analysis, we believe that we will recover all contractual principal and interest payments related to those securities that currently reflect unrealized losses.  We also have the ability and intent to hold these securities until they mature or recover in value.  In the last three years, we have not incurred any impairment charges.  We believe that it is not likely that future impairment charges will have a significant effect on our portfolio value or liquidity.

          As of December 31, 2006, we had deposited investments carried at a fair value of $12.3 million and cash of approximately $0.3 million with state insurance regulatory authorities.

          Short-Term Investments.  Our short-term investments primarily consist of investments in money market funds and commercial paper with original maturities of three months or less.

11



Competition

          The non-standard automobile insurance industry is highly competitive and, except for regulatory considerations, there are relatively few barriers to entry.  We compete with both large national insurance providers and smaller regional companies on the basis of price, coverages offered, claims handling, customer service, producer commission, geographic coverage and financial strength ratings.  Some of our competitors have more capital, higher ratings and greater resources than we have, and may offer a broader range of products, lower prices and lower down payments than we do.  Some of our competitors sell insurance policies directly to customers, rather than through agents or brokers as we do, and may have certain competitive advantages, including increased name recognition among customers, direct relationships with policyholders and potentially lower cost structures.  In addition, it is possible that new competitors will enter the non-standard automobile insurance market.  Further, increased competition has resulted and may continue to result in some companies offering lower premium rates and policy terms and conditions that are more favorable to insureds than those we offer.  Such actions by competitors could reduce our ability to increase or maintain our level of premium writings or underwriting margins.

          Based upon data compiled from statutory filings of companies in the non-standard market (as determined by A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”)), we believe that, as of December 31, 2005, the date of the most recent available report, the top ten insurance groups accounted for approximately 74% of the approximately $36.8 billion non-standard market segment.  We believe that our primary insurance company competition comes not only from national companies or their subsidiaries, such as The Progressive Corporation, American International Group, Inc. (AIG), The Allstate Corporation, State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company, Safeco Corp., GEICO, and Farmers Insurance Group, but also from non-standard insurers such as Mercury General Corporation, Infinity Property & Casualty Corporation, Affirmative Insurance Holdings, Inc., and Direct General Corporation.

Reinsurance

          We have utilized reinsurance to increase our underwriting capacity and to reduce our exposure to losses.  Reinsurance is an arrangement in which a reinsurer contracts to indemnify an insurance company (the “ceding company”) for all or a portion of the ceding company’s losses arising under specified classes of insurance policies.  We have used reinsurance to limit our risk, to support our growth and to manage our capital more efficiently.  In the past, we have relied on quota share and excess of loss reinsurance agreements to limit our exposure to loss to a level that is within the capacity of our capital resources.  Pursuant to our quota share reinsurance arrangements, our reinsurers agreed to assume a specified percentage of our losses and loss adjustment expenses in exchange for a corresponding percentage of our premium written.  In our excess of loss reinsurance arrangements, our reinsurers agreed to assume all or a portion of our losses and allocated loss adjustment expenses in excess of a specified amount.

          Quota Share Agreements.  We elected to terminate and commute our 2002 to 2004 quota share reinsurance agreement on a cut-off basis effective January 1, 2005 (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein).  The termination and commutation resulted in the reinsurers’ release from all future liability and settlement of all balances due to us of $196.6 million, which we received on January 21, 2005.  The termination and commutation of this quota share reinsurance agreement had no impact upon reported net income.  Earned premium ceded under this agreement from inception through December 31, 2004 was $791.2 million.  National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA, Alea London Ltd., and Federal Insurance Company provided the reinsurance under this agreement.

          We entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement effective January 1, 2005 with National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA (“National Union”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (AIG).  We elected to cede 10% of business written during 2005.  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, we ceded $42.5 million of earned premium to National Union with a net pre-tax cost to us, excluding lost investment income, of $1.3 million.  We agreed with the reinsurer to terminate and commute the 2005 quota share reinsurance agreement on a cut-off basis effective January 1, 2006 (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  The termination and commutation resulted in the reinsurer’s release from all future liability and settlement of all balances due to us of $11.0 million, which we received on January 31, 2006.  The termination and commutation of this quota share reinsurance agreement had no impact upon reported net income.

12



          Aggregate Excess of Loss (Stop Loss Agreement).  Effective March 18, 2004, we elected to terminate and commute our aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreement covering the 2001 through 2003 underwriting years.  The termination and commutation resulted in the reinsurer being released from all future liability and settlement of the contract’s experience account balance of $10.6 million, which we received on March 18, 2004.  The termination and commutation had no impact upon reported net income in 2004 as the experience account balance was equal to the liability released.  Inter-Ocean Reinsurance (Ireland) Limited provided the reinsurance under this agreement, and they collateralized their obligations to us with a letter of credit.  American Re-Insurance Company was the retrocessionaire.

          Prior to entering into this aggregate excess of loss agreement, we concluded that the agreement was properly treated as reinsurance in our financial statements because it met the risk transfer tests of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113, Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short Duration and Long Duration Contracts (“SFAS No. 113”).  We determined in 2005 that, as a result of a modification to the aggregate excess of loss agreement, as of the second quarter of 2002, the agreement no longer satisfied the risk transfer test of SFAS No. 113.  We concluded that this determination had no impact on our current and prior year financial statements.  We also concluded that the financial statement impact of not accounting for this agreement as reinsurance starting in the second quarter of 2002 was not material, and therefore we made no accounting adjustments to our financial statements for 2004 and prior years. 

          As of January 2006, all of the material reinsurance agreements to which we had been a party had been terminated and commuted, and the reinsurers had been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.

          As previously disclosed, there are ongoing governmental investigations regarding reinsurance, and the various regulatory authorities could reach conclusions different from our conclusions concerning the accounting treatment of our historical reinsurance agreements.  (See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”)  In addition, we ceded premium to the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (the “MCCA”), a mandatory facility in that state.  Earned premium that we ceded to the MCCA was $9.6 million, $9.4 million, and $6.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Ratings

          Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and are important to our ability to market and sell our products.  Rating organizations periodically review the financial positions of insurers.  In May 2006, A.M. Best raised the financial strength rating of our then existing insurance subsidiaries to A- (Excellent) with a stable outlook.  Bristol West Preferred Insurance Company, which received a certificate of authority from Michigan in October 2006, has not yet been rated by A.M. Best. The A- rating is the 4th highest of 15 rating levels, and, according to A.M. Best, it assigns A- ratings to insurers that have “… an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.”  A.M. Best maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (in liquidation).  This rating is subject to periodic review and revision by A.M. Best. A.M. Best placed the existing financial strength rating of A- (Excellent) of our insurance subsidiaries under review with positive implications pending stockholder and regulatory approval of the Merger and further discussions with management regarding our integration into Farmers.

Regulatory Matters

          We are subject to comprehensive regulation by government agencies in the states where our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled and licensed to transact business.  State insurance laws and regulations are complex, and each jurisdiction’s requirements are different.  Certain states impose restrictions or require prior regulatory approval of certain corporate actions.

          Required Licensing.  We operate under licenses issued by various state insurance authorities.  These licenses govern, among other things, the types of insurance coverage and agency and claim services that we may offer consumers in these states.  We are issued such licenses typically only after we file an appropriate application and satisfy prescribed criteria.  We must apply for and obtain the appropriate new licenses before we can implement any plan to expand into a new state or offer a new line of insurance or other new product that requires separate licensing.

           Transactions Between Insurance Companies and Their Affiliates. We are a holding company and are subject to regulation in the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries conduct business. Our insurance subsidiaries are organized and domiciled or commercially domiciled under the insurance statutes of a number of states. The insurance laws in most of those states provide that all transactions among members of an insurance holding company system must be fair and reasonable. Transactions between our subsidiaries and affiliates generally must be disclosed to the state regulators, and prior approval by the applicable regulator generally is required before any material or extraordinary transaction may be consummated or any services agreement or expense sharing arrangement is entered into. State regulators may refuse to approve or delay approval of such a transaction, which may impact our ability to innovate or operate efficiently.

13



          Regulation of Insurance Rates and Approval of Policy Forms. The insurance laws of most states in which our insurance subsidiaries operate require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms for review and approval. State insurance regulators have broad discretion in judging whether our rates are adequate, not excessive and not unfairly discriminatory and whether our policy forms comply with law. The speed at which we can change our rates depends, in part, on the method by which the applicable state’s rating laws are administered. Generally, state insurance regulators have the authority to disapprove our rates or request changes in our rates.

          Investment Restrictions. We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and that limit the amount of investments in certain categories. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause non-conforming investments to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, would require divestiture.

          Restrictions on Cancellation, Non-Renewal or Withdrawal. Many states have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to exit a market. For example, certain states limit an automobile insurer’s ability to cancel or not renew policies. Some states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing from one or more lines of business in the state, except pursuant to a plan approved by the state insurance department. In some states, this applies to significant reductions in the amount of insurance written, not just to a complete withdrawal. A state’s insurance department may disapprove a plan that may lead to market disruption.  Laws and regulations that limit the cancellation or non-renewal of policies and that subject program withdrawals to prior approval requirements may restrict an insurer’s ability to exit unprofitable markets.

          Capital Requirements. The laws of the states of domicile of our insurance subsidiaries impose risk-based capital standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements. Moreover, in connection with the acquisition of our California insurance subsidiary in 1998, the California Department of Insurance requires us to maintain a net written premium to surplus ratio for that subsidiary of not greater than three to one. This requirement will remain in effect for so long as there are borrowings outstanding under our credit facility. The risk-based capital standards, based upon the Risk-Based Capital Model Act, adopted by the NAIC, require our insurance subsidiaries to report their results of risk-based capital calculations to the state departments of insurance and the NAIC. Failure to meet applicable risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or even liquidation. Any changes in existing risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements may require us to increase our statutory capital levels.

          We must also comply with regulations involving, among other things, the following:

 

the use of non-public consumer information and related privacy issues;

 

 

 

 

the use of credit history in underwriting and rating;

 

 

 

 

the payment of dividends;

 

 

 

 

the acquisition or disposition of an insurance company or of any company controlling an insurance company;

 

 

 

 

the approval or filing of policy forms;

 

 

 

 

the involuntary assignments of high-risk policies, participation in reinsurance facilities and underwriting associations, assessments and other governmental charges; and

 

 

 

 

reporting with respect to financial condition.

          In addition, from time to time, the United States Congress and certain federal agencies investigate the current condition of the insurance industry to determine whether federal regulation is necessary.

          Regulation of Dividends. We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. Consequently, our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and meet our debt payment obligations is largely dependent on dividends or other distributions from our insurance subsidiaries and commission and fees earned by non-insurance subsidiaries. State insurance laws restrict the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay stockholder dividends. These subsidiaries may not make an “extraordinary dividend” until 30 days after the applicable commissioner of insurance has received notice of the intended dividend and has not objected in such time or the commissioner has approved the payment of the extraordinary dividend within the 30-day period.

14



          In California, Ohio and Michigan, three of our domiciliary states, an extraordinary dividend is generally defined as any dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding 12 months, exceeds the greater of 10% of the insurer’s surplus as of the preceding December 31, or the insurer’s net income for the 12-month period ending the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices. In addition, an insurer’s remaining surplus after payment of a cash dividend or other distribution to stockholder affiliates must be both reasonable in relation to its outstanding liabilities and adequate to its financial needs. Finally, dividends may only be paid out of statutory earned surplus, which is similar in concept to retained earnings under GAAP.

          Under Florida law, another of our domiciliary states, dividend payments to stockholders, without prior regulatory approval, may not exceed the larger of the following: (a) the lesser of 10% of surplus or net income, not including realized capital gains, plus a 2-year carry forward; (b) 10% of surplus, with dividends payable constrained to unassigned funds minus 25% of unrealized capital gains; and (c) the lesser of 10% of surplus or net investment income plus a 3-year carry forward with dividends payable constrained to unassigned funds minus 25% of unrealized capital gains. Alternatively, an insurer may pay a dividend or make a distribution without prior written regulatory approval when the following conditions are met: (i) the dividend is equal to or less than the greater of (x) 10% of the insurer’s surplus as to policyholders derived from realized net operating profits on its business and net realized capital gains or (y) the insurer’s entire net operating profits and realized net capital gains derived during the immediately preceding calendar year; (ii) the insurer will have surplus as to policyholders equal to or exceeding 115% of the minimum required statutory surplus as to policyholders after the dividend is made; and (iii) the insurer has filed a notice at least 10 business days prior to the dividend payment attesting that after payment of the dividend or distribution the insurer will have at least 115% of required statutory surplus.

           Generally, the net admitted assets of insurance companies that, subject to other applicable insurance laws and regulations, are available for transfer to the parent company cannot include the net admitted assets required to meet the minimum statutory surplus requirements of the states where the companies are licensed.  As of December 31, 2006, our insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of $32.9 million without seeking regulatory approval.  Such dividends, if paid, would be subject to regulatory dividend reporting requirements.

          Acquisitions of Control. The acquisition of control of an insurance company requires the prior approval of the insurance regulator in the states where it is domiciled.  Generally, any person who directly or indirectly through one or more affiliates acquires 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the insurer or its parent company (5% or more in Florida) is presumed to have acquired control of the domestic insurer. These requirements apply to the Merger.

          Shared or Residual Markets. Like other insurers, we are required to participate in mandatory shared market mechanisms or state pooling arrangements as a condition for maintaining our automobile insurance licenses to do business in various states. The purpose of these state-mandated arrangements is to provide insurance coverage to individuals who, because of poor driving records or other underwriting reasons, are unable to purchase such coverage voluntarily provided by private insurers. The states can assign these risks to all insurers licensed in the state. The maximum volume of such risks that the state can assign to any one insurer typically is based on that insurer’s annual premium volume in that state. While this mandated business typically is not profitable for us, our underwriting results related to these states’ organizations have not been material to our overall results of operations and financial condition.

          Guaranty Funds. Under state insurance guaranty fund laws, the state can assess insurers doing business in a state for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Maximum contributions permitted by laws in any one year vary between 1% and 2% of annual written premiums in the states in which we operate, but it is possible that individual states could raise caps on such contributions if there are numerous or large insolvencies. In most states, insurance companies can recover guaranty fund assessments either through future policy surcharges or offsets to state premium tax liability.

15



          Trade Practices. The manner in which we conduct the business of insurance is regulated by state statutes in an effort to prohibit practices that constitute unfair methods of competition or unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Prohibited practices include, but are not limited to:

 

disseminating false information or advertising;

 

 

 

 

defamation;

 

 

 

 

false statements or entries;

 

 

 

 

unfair discrimination;

 

 

 

 

rebating;

 

 

 

 

improper tie-ins with lenders and the extension of credit;

 

 

 

 

failure to maintain proper records;

 

 

 

 

failure to maintain proper complaint handling procedures; and

 

 

 

 

making false statements in connection with insurance applications for the purpose of obtaining a fee, commission or other benefit.

          We set business conduct policies for our employees and we require them to conduct their activities in compliance with these statutes.

          Unfair Claims Practices. Generally, state statutes prohibit insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters from engaging in unfair claims practices on a flagrant basis or with such frequency to indicate a general business practice. Unfair claims practices include:

 

misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions relating to coverages at issue;

 

 

 

 

failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims arising under insurance policies;

 

 

 

 

failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation and settlement of claims arising under its policies;

 

 

 

 

failing to affirm or deny coverage of claims within a reasonable time after proof of loss statements have been completed;

 

 

 

 

attempting to settle a claim for less than the amount to which a reasonable person would have believed such person was entitled;

 

 

 

 

attempting to settle claims on the basis of an application that was altered without notice to or knowledge or consent of the insured;

 

 

 

 

compelling insureds to institute suits to recover amounts due under policies by offering substantially less than the amounts ultimately recovered in suits brought by them;

 

 

 

 

refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation;

 

 

 

 

making claim payments to an insured without indicating the coverage under which each payment is being made;

 

 

 

 

delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring an insured, claimant or the physician of either to submit a preliminary claim report and then requiring the subsequent submission of formal proof of loss forms, both of which submissions contains substantially the same information;

 

 

 

 

failing, in the case of claim denials or offers of compromise or settlement, to promptly provide a reasonable and accurate explanation of the basis for such actions; and

 

 

 

 

not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair and equitable settlements of claims in which liability has become reasonably clear.

          We set business conduct policies and conduct training to make our employee-adjusters and other claims personnel aware of these prohibitions and we require them to conduct their activities in compliance with these statutes.

16



          Periodic Financial and Market Conduct Examinations. The state insurance departments that have jurisdiction over our insurance subsidiaries may conduct on-site visits and examinations of our insurers’ affairs, including their financial condition, ability to fulfill their obligations to policyholders, market conduct, claims practices and compliance with other laws and applicable regulations.  Typically, these examinations are conducted every three to five years.  In addition, if circumstances dictate, regulators are authorized to conduct special or target examinations of insurers to address particular concerns or issues.  The results of these examinations can give rise to regulatory orders requiring remedial, injunctive or other corrective action on the part of the company that is the subject of the examination or assessing fines or other penalties against that company. Currently, there are four such examinations and related proceedings in progress with respect to our insurance subsidiaries.  The outcomes of these examinations and related proceedings are uncertain.  While it is not possible to know with certainty the ultimate outcome of such examinations, based on the facts currently available to it, the Company believes that such examinations will not have a material adverse effect on the Company, including, without limitation, on its future financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these examinations, as well as the tax-deductibility of any related payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these examinations could have a material adverse effect on the Company, including, without limitation, on its future results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows in a particular quarter or year.

          Utilization of Credit Information as Part of Rating Process.  Our insurance subsidiaries generally use financial responsibility or credit information (which we refer to as “credit”) as part of the rating process in states that permit its use.  Both our data and industry data have shown that credit is an effective predictor of insurance risk.  Use of credit in underwriting and rating is the subject of significant regulatory and legislative activity.  Some legislators and regulators have expressed concerns related to the use of credit, including perceptions that the use of credit may have a disparate impact on the poor and certain minority groups, questions regarding the accuracy of credit reports, the perceived lack of a demonstrated causal relationship between credit and insurance risk, the treatment of persons with limited or no credit, the impact on credit of extraordinary life events (e.g., catastrophic injury or death of a spouse), and the credit attributes applied in the credit scoring models used by insurers.  A number of state insurance departments have issued bulletins, directives or regulations to regulate the use of credit by insurers.  In addition, a number of states are considering or have passed legislation to regulate insurers’ use of credit.  Congress also has mandated that the federal government conduct a disparate impact study of the use of credit.  There may be future legislative and regulatory actions that further prohibit or restrict the use of credit by insurers.  At this time, we cannot determine the outcome of such actions and their impact on the insurance industry and on our business.

          Recent Regulatory Developments. 

          California.  The California Department of Insurance has adopted regulations that require a rate filing and change the weighting of rating factors for private passenger auto insurance.  These regulations effectively reduce the influence of territory on premium rates.  Specifically, the influence of territory is now required to be less than any of the three mandatory factors (which are driving safety record, annual mileage and years of driving experience) on an individual basis.  The new regulations require that all private passenger automobile insurance companies in California submit annual class plan filings to achieve full compliance at any time before mid-July 2008.  The regulations require an initial class plan filing, which was due during the third quarter of 2006, to correct at least 15% of the rating factor weight non-compliance. 

          Attempts to block the implementation of these regulations by the insurance industry have not been successful.  A lawsuit was filed challenging the legality of these regulations and seeking a preliminary injunction to prevent their implementation.  The trial court denied the request for a preliminary injunction, and therefore the regulations became operative during the third quarter of 2006.    In February 2007, the trial court in that lawsuit granted the Department of Insurance’s motion for summary judgment and determined that, as a matter of law, the regulations are consistent with the California Insurance Code.  At this time, no appeal from that order has been filed.

          We and other automobile insurance companies in California submitted the required rate and class plan filings by the end of September or early October 2006.  We filed for a 2.6% rate decrease in our Basic program, and a 0.1% rate decrease in our Prima program.  All of our significant competitors have rate and class plan filings that are of public record and available on the Department of Insurance’s website.  Because some companies filed for increases while others filed for decreases, the weighted average filed rate change for companies that sell through independent agents and brokers resulted in no overall change.  If the filings are approved, we expect to see our competitive position improve in terms of rates and expect to suffer a modest amount of margin compression.

          Florida.  In February 2005, the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (the “FOIR”) proposed a rule that would make it more difficult for insurers to use credit as a rating variable.  The proposed rule would require insurers to demonstrate that their use of credit reports and credit scores does not unfairly discriminate against insureds because of their race, color, religion, marital status, age, gender, income, national origin, or place of residence.  The proposed rule was challenged in an administrative proceeding and, on December 29, 2006, an Administrative Law Judge issued an order declaring that the proposed rule was an invalid exercise of delegated legislative authority.  The FOIR has filed an appeal from that order.

17



          Michigan.  In March 2005, the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services (“Michigan OFIS”) adopted rules eliminating the use of credit as a rating variable and requiring insurers to reduce their base rates by the amount of the rate attributable to credit as a rating variable.  In April 2005, a Michigan Circuit Court judge ruled that these Michigan OFIS rules were unenforceable.  The Michigan OFIS appealed the ruling and the case was argued in October 2006 in the Michigan Court of Appeals.  That Court has not yet issued a decision.

          General.  At this time, we cannot determine the outcome of the regulatory developments described above and their impact on the insurance industry and on our business.

Employees

          As of December 31, 2006, we had 1,154 employees, none of whom were covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Trademarks

          We own various registered trademarks and have various trademarks currently pending with the U.S. Trademark office.  Our trademarks are not essential to our operations as a whole.

Available Information

          Our Internet address is www.bristolwest.com. Please note that our Internet address is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as an inactive textual reference only.  The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this report. We file and furnish annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and we make available free of charge most of our SEC filings through our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these materials with the SEC.  You may access these SEC filings via the hyperlink that we provide on our website to a third-party SEC filings website.  We also make available on our website the charters of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee, and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as well as the Corporate Governance Guidelines adopted by our Board of Directors, our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, and our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics Policy for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers.  We will also provide copies of these documents, without charge, at the written request of any stockholder of record.  Requests for copies should be mailed to: Bristol West Holdings, Inc., 5701 Stirling Road, Davie, FL 33314, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Cautionary Statements for Purposes of Forward-Looking Statements/Information

          Investors are cautioned that certain statements contained in this report, as well as some statements by us in periodic press releases and some oral statements by Company officials to securities analysts and stockholders during presentations about us that are not historical facts are “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “hopes” and similar expressions.  Forward-looking statements also include any statements concerning future financial performance (including future revenues, earnings, cash flow or growth rates), ongoing business strategies or prospects, and possible future Company actions, which may be provided by management.  Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future events and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, among other things, about us, economic and market factors and the automobile insurance industry.   A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.  Such factors include those factors that are more particularly described below under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  We believe that our forward-looking statements are reasonable; however, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

18



Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in Company common stock involves a number of risks. Investors should carefully consider the following information, together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before investing in Company common stock.  Further, such factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement contained in this report, statements by us in periodic press releases and oral statements by Company officials to securities analysts and stockholders during presentations about us.  See “Item 1. Business - Cautionary Statements for Purposes of Forward-Looking Statements/Information” above.

The pending Merger with a subsidiary of Farmers Group, Inc. may not occur.

          On March 1, 2007, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Farmers Group, Inc. pursuant to which a wholly owned subsidiary of Farmers will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Farmers.  Consummation of the Merger is subject to various customary closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (1) the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, (2) all insurance antitrust approvals and regulatory approvals from certain insurance departments, (3) absence of certain orders preventing the Merger, and (4) the approval of the Merger Agreement by the Company’s stockholders.  Further, both the Company and Farmers may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated by December 1, 2007.  We currently expect the Merger to close before the end of 2007.  However, it is possible that factors outside of our control could require the parties to complete the Merger at a later time or not to complete it at all.

We face intense competition from other automobile insurance providers.

          The non-standard automobile insurance business is highly competitive and, except for regulatory considerations, there are relatively few barriers to entry.  We compete with both large national insurance providers and smaller regional companies. The largest automobile insurance companies include The Progressive Corporation, The Allstate Corporation, State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company, GEICO, Farmers Insurance Group, Safeco Corp., and American International Group (AIG). Our chief competitors include some of these companies as well as Mercury General Corporation, Infinity Property & Casualty Corporation, Affirmative Insurance Holdings, Inc., and Direct General Corporation. Some of our competitors have more capital, higher ratings and greater resources than we have, and may offer a broader range of products and lower prices and down payments than we offer. Some of our competitors that sell insurance policies directly to customers, rather than through agencies or brokerages as we do, may have certain competitive advantages, including increased name recognition among customers, direct relationships with policyholders and potentially lower cost structures. In addition, it is possible that new competitors will enter the non-standard automobile insurance market. Our loss of business to competitors could have a material impact on our growth and profitability. Further, competition could result in lower premium rates and less favorable policy terms and conditions, which could reduce our underwriting margins.

Our concentration on non-standard automobile insurance could make us more susceptible to unfavorable market conditions.

          We underwrite primarily non-standard automobile insurance.  Given this focus, negative developments in the economic, competitive or regulatory conditions affecting the non-standard automobile insurance industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, these developments could have a greater effect on us, compared to more diversified insurers that also sell other types of automobile insurance products. Our profitability can be affected by cyclicality in the non-standard automobile insurance industry caused by price competition and fluctuations in underwriting capacity in the market, as well as changes in the regulatory environment.

Our success depends on our ability to price the risks we underwrite accurately.

          Our results of operations and financial condition depend on our ability to underwrite and set rates accurately for a full spectrum of risks. Rate adequacy is necessary to generate sufficient premiums to pay losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses and to earn a profit. If we fail to assess accurately the risks that we assume, we may fail to establish adequate premium rates, which could reduce our income and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

19



          In order to price our products accurately, we must collect and properly analyze a substantial volume of data; develop, test and apply appropriate rating formulas; closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and project both severity and frequency of losses with reasonable accuracy. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully, and as a result price our products accurately, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation:

 

availability of sufficient reliable data;

 

incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;

 

uncertainties inherent in estimates and assumptions, generally;

 

selection and application of appropriate rating formulas or other pricing methodologies;

 

unanticipated or inconsistent court decisions, legislation or regulatory action;

 

ongoing changes in our claim settlement practices, which can influence the amounts paid on claims;

 

changing driving patterns, which could adversely affect both frequency and severity of claims;

 

unexpected inflation in the medical sector of the economy, resulting in increased bodily injury and personal injury protection claim severity; and

 

unanticipated inflation in automobile repair costs, automobile parts prices and used automobile prices, adversely affecting automobile physical damage claim severity.

          Such risks may result in our pricing being based on inadequate or inaccurate data or inappropriate analyses, assumptions or methodologies, and may cause us to estimate incorrectly future increases in the frequency or severity of claims.  As a result, we could underprice our products, which would negatively affect our profit margins, or we could overprice our products, which could reduce our volume and competitiveness.  In either event, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Our losses and loss adjustment expenses may exceed our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which could adversely impact our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows.

          Our financial statements include loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which represent our best estimate of the amounts that we will ultimately pay on claims and the related costs of adjusting those claims as of the date of the financial statements. We rely heavily on our historical loss and loss adjustment expense experience in determining these loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. The historic development of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses may not necessarily reflect future trends in the development of these amounts. In addition, factors such as inflation, claims settlement patterns and legislative activities, regulatory activities, and litigation trends may also affect loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. As a result of these and other risks and uncertainties, ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may deviate, perhaps substantially, from our estimates of losses and loss adjustment expenses included in the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves in our financial statements. If actual losses and loss adjustment expenses exceed our expectations, our net income and our capital would decrease. Actual paid losses and loss adjustment expenses may be in excess of the loss and loss adjustment expense reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. For additional information regarding our loss reserves, see “Item 1. Business - Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve Development” above and “Management’s Diuscussion and Analysis of Fianncial Condition and Results of Operations –Critical Accounting Policies – Estimation of Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” below.

We are subject to comprehensive regulation, and our ability to earn profits may be adversely affected by these regulations.

          We are subject to comprehensive regulation by government agencies in the states where our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled and where these subsidiaries issue policies and handle claims. Certain states impose restrictions or require prior regulatory approval of certain corporate actions, which may adversely affect our ability to operate, innovate, obtain necessary rate adjustments in a timely manner or grow our business profitably. In addition, certain federal laws impose additional requirements on insurers. Our ability to comply with these laws and regulations, and to obtain necessary regulatory action in a timely manner, is and will continue to be critical to our success.

          Required Licensing.    We operate under licenses issued by various state insurance authorities. If a regulatory authority denies or delays granting a new license, our ability to enter that market quickly can be substantially impaired.

          Transactions Between Insurance Companies and Their Affiliates.    Transactions between our subsidiaries and their affiliates (including us) generally must be disclosed to the state regulators, and prior approval of the applicable regulator generally is required before any material or extraordinary transaction may be consummated. State regulators may refuse to approve or delay approval of such a transaction, which may impact our ability to innovate or operate efficiently.

20



          Regulation of Insurance Rates and Approval of Policy Forms.    The insurance laws of  the states in which our insurance subsidiaries operate require insurance companies to file insurance rate schedules and insurance policy forms for review and/or approval. If, as permitted in some states, we begin using new rates before they are approved, we may be required to issue refunds or credits to our policyholders if the new rates are ultimately deemed excessive or unfair and disapproved by the applicable state regulator. Accordingly, our ability to respond to market developments or increased costs in that state can be adversely affected.

          Restrictions on Cancellation, Non-Renewal or Withdrawal.    Many states have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to exit a market. For example, certain states limit an automobile insurer’s ability to cancel or not renew policies. Some states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing from one or more lines of business in the state, except pursuant to a plan approved by the state insurance department. In some states, this restriction applies to significant reductions in the amount of insurance written, not just to a complete withdrawal. These laws and regulations could limit our ability to exit or reduce our writings in unprofitable markets or discontinue unprofitable products in the future.

          Other Regulations.    We must also comply with regulations involving, among other things:

 

the use of non-public consumer information and related privacy issues;

 

investment restrictions;

 

the use of credit history in underwriting and rating;

 

the payment of dividends;

 

the acquisition or disposition of an insurance company or of any company controlling an insurance company;

 

the involuntary assignments of high-risk policies, participation in reinsurance facilities and underwriting associations, assessments and other governmental charges; and

 

reporting with respect to financial condition.

          Compliance with laws and regulations addressing these and other issues often will result in increased administrative costs. In addition, these laws and regulations may limit our ability to underwrite and price risks accurately, prevent us from obtaining timely rate increases necessary to cover increased costs and may restrict our ability to discontinue unprofitable relationships or exit unprofitable markets. These results, in turn, may adversely affect our results of operation or our ability or desire to grow our business in certain jurisdictions. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations may also result in actions by regulators, fines and penalties, and in extreme cases, revocation of our ability to do business in that jurisdiction. In addition, we may face individual and class action lawsuits by our insureds and other parties for alleged violations of certain of these laws or regulations.

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements. Our failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.

          The laws of the states of domicile of our insurance subsidiaries impose risk-based capital standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements. Failure to meet applicable risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or liquidation. Any changes in existing risk-based capital requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we may be unable to do.

Regulation may become more extensive in the future, which may adversely affect our business.

          States may make existing insurance laws and regulations more restrictive in the future or enact new restrictive laws. In such events, we may seek to reduce our premium writings in, or to withdraw entirely from, these states. In addition, from time to time, the United States Congress and certain federal agencies investigate the current condition of the insurance industry to determine whether federal regulation is necessary. We are unable to predict whether and to what extent new laws and regulations that would affect our business will be adopted in the future, the timing of any such adoption and what effects, if any, they may have on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

21



Our failure to pay claims accurately could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          We must accurately evaluate and pay claims that are made under our policies. Many factors affect our ability to pay claims accurately, including the training and experience of our claims representatives, our claims organization’s culture and the effectiveness of our management, our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions and other factors. Our failure to pay claims accurately could lead to material litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace, impair our image and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          In addition, if we do not train new claims employees effectively or lose a significant number of experienced claims employees our claims department’s ability to handle an increasing workload could be adversely affected. In addition to potentially requiring that growth be slowed in the affected markets, we could suffer in decreased quality of claims work, which in turn could lower our operating margins.

As a holding company, we are dependent on the results of operations of our subsidiaries and their ability to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations.

          We are a holding company without significant operations of our own.  Dividends from our subsidiaries are our principal source of funds to meet our cash needs, including debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to our stockholders.  Insurance laws limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. In addition, for competitive reasons, our insurance subsidiaries maintain financial strength ratings that require us to sustain certain capital levels in those subsidiaries. The need to maintain these required capital levels may affect the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.  As of December 31, 2006, our insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of $32.9 million without seeking regulatory approval.  Such dividends, if paid, would be subject to regulatory dividend reporting requirements.  Our non-insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us is not limited by insurance law.  Nevertheless, these non-insurance subsidiaries’ earnings are dependent on commissions collected from our insurance subsidiaries for services provided under general agency agreements, which are subject to insurance regulation.  Under the Merger Agreement with Farmers, without Farmer’s prior written consent, the Company is only permitted to pay a regular quarterly dividend with respect to our Common Stock not to exceed $0.08 per share and our subsidiaries are not permitted to pay dividends.  See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The policy service fee revenues could be adversely affected by insurance regulation.  

          Policy service fee revenues have provided additional revenues equivalent to approximately 9% of gross earned premium. These fees include policy origination fees and installment fees to compensate us for the costs of providing installment payment plans, as well as late payment, policy cancellation, policy rewrite and reinstatement fees. Our revenues could be reduced by changes in insurance regulation that restrict our ability to charge these fees. Those arrangements are subject to insurance holding company act regulation in the states where our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled. Continued payment of these fees could be affected if insurance regulators in these states determined that these arrangements are not permissible under the insurance holding company acts.

New pricing, claim and coverage issues and class action litigation are continually emerging in the automobile insurance industry, and these new issues could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

          As automobile insurance industry practices and regulatory, judicial and consumer conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims, coverage and business practices may emerge. These issues can have an adverse effect on our business by changing the way we price our products, including limiting the factors we may consider when we underwrite risks, by extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent, by increasing the size or frequency of claims or by requiring us to change our claims handling practices and procedures or our practices for charging fees. The effects of these unforeseen emerging issues could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be unable to attract and retain independent agents and brokers.

          We distribute our products exclusively through independent agents and brokers. We compete with other insurance carriers to attract producers and maintain commercial relationships with them. Some of our competitors offer a larger variety of products, lower prices for insurance coverage or higher commissions.  We may not be able to continue to attract and retain independent agents and brokers to sell our products.  Our inability to continue to recruit and retain productive independent agents and brokers would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and could impact our cash flows.

22



Our failure to maintain a commercially acceptable financial strength rating of our insurance subsidiaries could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy successfully.

          Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and have an effect on an insurance company’s sales.  A.M. Best maintains a letter scale financial strength rating system ranging from “A++ (Superior)” to “F” (in liquidation).  In May 2006, A.M. Best assigned our insurance subsidiaries a rating of “A-” (Excellent), which is the 4th highest of 15 rating levels. According to A.M. Best, “A-” ratings are assigned to insurers that have “… an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.” See “Item 1. Business - Ratings.” The rating of our insurance subsidiaries is subject to at least annual review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best.  Many of our competitors have ratings higher than those of our insurance subsidiaries. A downgrade in the financial strength rating of our insurance subsidiaries would have an adverse impact on our ability to effectively compete with other insurers with higher ratings or our attractiveness to policyholders and agents and brokers.

          A.M. Best bases its ratings on factors that concern policyholders and not upon factors concerning investor protection.  Such ratings are subject to change and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities.

We rely on information technology and telecommunication systems, and the failure of these systems could materially and adversely affect our business.

          Our business is highly dependent upon the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems. We rely on these systems to process new and renewal business, provide customer service, make claims payments and facilitate collections and cancellations. These systems also enable us to perform actuarial and other modeling functions necessary for underwriting and rate development. The failure of these systems could interrupt our operations or materially impact our ability to evaluate and write new business. Because our information technology and telecommunication systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such service exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to write and process new and renewal business and provide customer service or compromise our ability to pay claims in a timely manner. This outcome could result in a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are parties to multiple lawsuits, which, if decided adversely against us, could have a negative impact on our financial results.

          The Company is named as a defendant in a number of class action and individual lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, the outcomes of which are uncertain at this time.  These cases include those plaintiffs who challenge various aspects of the Company’s claims and marketing practices and business operations and seek restitution, damages and other remedies. We may be subject to further litigation in the future. Litigation, by its very nature, is unpredictable and the outcome of any case is uncertain. We are unable to predict the precise nature of the relief that may be sought or granted in any lawsuits or the effect that pending or future cases may have on our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. For additional information regarding such lawsuits, see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” below.

Our ability to operate our company effectively could be impaired if we lose key personnel.

          We manage our business with a number of key personnel, including our executive officers, the loss of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.  Only our Executive Chairman, James R. Fisher, has an employment agreement with us, which has a current term that expires on June 30, 2007.  Effective July 1, 2006, Mr. Fisher relinquished his position as Chief Executive Officer and continues to serve as Executive Chairman of the Board.  In addition, as our business develops and expands, we believe that our future success will depend greatly on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. We may not be able to continue to employ key personnel and may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future.  Failure to retain or attract key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We do not have “key person” life insurance to cover our executive officers.

23



Our debt service obligations could impede our operations, flexibility and financial performance.

          Our level of debt could affect our financial performance. As of December 31, 2006, we had consolidated indebtedness (other than trade payables and certain other short term debt) of approximately $100.0 million and additional availability under our credit facility of $25.0 million. In addition, borrowings under our credit agreement bear interest at rates that may fluctuate. Therefore, increases in interest rates on the obligations under our credit agreement would adversely affect our income and cash flow that would be available for the payment of interest and principal on the loans under our credit agreement. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.7 million.

          Our level of debt could have important consequences, including the following:

 

we will need to use a portion of the money we earn to pay principal and interest on outstanding amounts due under our credit facility, which will reduce the amount of money available to us for financing our operations and other business activities;

 

we may have a much higher level of debt than certain of our competitors, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage;

 

we may have difficulty borrowing money in the future; and

 

we could be more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business.

          We continue to expect to obtain the money to pay dividends to our stockholders, to pay our expenses and to pay the principal and interest on our outstanding debt from our operations. Our ability to meet our expenses and debt service obligations thus depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, demographic and other factors, including competition.

          If we do not have enough money to pay our debt service obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or raise equity. In that event, we may not be able to refinance our debt, sell assets, borrow more money or raise equity on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We are subject to restrictive covenants, which may restrict our operational flexibility.

          Our credit facility and the Merger Agreement with Farmers contains various operating covenants, including among other things, restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on and redeem capital stock, make other restricted payments, including investments, sell our assets and enter into consolidations, mergers and transfers of all or substantially all of our assets. These restrictions could limit our ability to take actions that require funds in excess of those available to us.

          Our credit facility also requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control and we cannot assure that we will meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants, ratios, tests or restrictions could result in an event of default under the credit facility. If an event of default exists under the credit facility, the lenders could elect to declare all outstanding amounts immediately due and payable. If the lenders under our credit facility accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness that would become due as a result of any acceleration.

Adverse securities market conditions can have significant and negative effects on our investment portfolio.

          Our results of operations depend in part on the performance of our invested assets. As of December 31, 2006, 99.6% of our investment portfolio was invested in fixed maturity securities with the remainder in one private equity investment. Certain risks are inherent in connection with fixed maturity securities, including loss upon default and price volatility in reaction to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, deterioration in the financial condition of the issuers and general market conditions. An increase in interest rates lowers prices on fixed maturity securities, and any sales we make during a period of increasing interest rates may result in losses. Also, investment income earned from future investments in fixed maturity securities will decrease if interest rates decrease.

          In addition, our investment portfolio is subject to risks inherent in the capital markets. The functioning of those markets, the values of our investments and our ability to liquidate investments on short notice may be adversely affected if those markets are disrupted by national or international events including, without limitation, wars, terrorist attacks, recessions or depressions, high inflation or a deflationary environment, the collapse of governments or financial markets, and other factors or events.

24



          If our investment portfolio were impaired by market or issuer-specific conditions to a substantial degree, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Further, our income from these investments could be materially reduced, and write-downs of the value of certain securities could further reduce our profitability. In addition, a decrease in value of our investment portfolio could put us at risk of failing to satisfy regulatory capital requirements. If we were not able to supplement our subsidiaries’ capital by issuing debt or equity securities on acceptable terms, our ability to continue growing could be adversely affected.

Our operations could be adversely affected if conditions in the states where our business is concentrated were to deteriorate.

          For the year ended December 31, 2006, we generated approximately 70% of our gross written premium in our top three states, California, Florida and Michigan. California, our largest market, represented approximately 40% of our gross written premium in 2006. Our revenues and profitability are therefore subject to prevailing regulatory, legal, economic, demographic, competitive and other conditions in those states. Changes in any of those conditions could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Adverse regulatory developments in any of those states, which could include, among others, reductions in the rates permitted to be charged, inadequate rate increases, restrictions on our ability to reject applications for coverage or on how we handle claims, or more fundamental changes in the design or implementation of the automobile insurance regulatory framework, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Severe weather conditions and other catastrophes may result in an increase in the number and amount of claims filed against us.

          Our business is also exposed to the risk of severe weather conditions and other catastrophes in the states in which we operate. Catastrophes include severe winter weather, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail storms, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, fires and other events such as terrorist attacks and riots, each of which tends to be unpredictable. Such conditions generally result in higher incidence of automobile accidents and increase the number of claims. Because many of our insureds live near the coastlines, we have potential exposure to hurricanes and major coastal storms. In addition, our business could be impaired if a significant portion of our business or systems were shut down by, or if we were unable to gain access to certain of our facilities as a result of such an event.  If such events were to occur with enough severity, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

The loss of, or significant reduction in, business from our largest producers could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

          Some of our producers are material to our business. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our top 10 producers, as measured by premium value, accounted for 20.1% of our gross written premium.  Although we believe that our relationships with our major producers are good, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them, which is typical of our industry. If any of these producers were to reduce their business with us, or if we were unable to continue to do business with them on terms as favorable to us as our current terms or at all, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could suffer materially.

We have terminated and commuted our significant reinsurance agreements; therefore, we will retain more risk, which could result in losses.

          Effective January 2006, all of the material reinsurance agreements to which we had been a party had been terminated and commuted, and the reinsurers have been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.  Thus, we will retain more gross written premium over time, but will also retain more of the related losses. The termination and commutation of our significant reinsurance agreements will increase our risk and exposure to losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our financial condition may be adversely affected if one or more parties with which we enter into significant contracts becomes insolvent or experiences other financial hardship.

          Our business is dependent on the performance by third parties of their responsibilities under various contractual relationships, including without limitation, contracts for the acquisitions of goods and services (such as telecommunications and information technology software, equipment and support and other services that are integral to our operations) and arrangements for transferring certain of our risks (including our corporate insurance policies). If one or more of these parties were to default on the performance of their obligations under their respective contracts or determine to abandon or terminate support for a system, product or service that is significant to our business, we could suffer significant financial losses and operational problems, which could in turn adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

25



Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

          Not applicable – there are no unresolved staff comments.

Item 2. Properties

          We lease an aggregate of approximately 317,000 square feet of office space in numerous cities throughout the United States.  Our most significant leased office spaces are located in Davie, Florida with approximately 100,000 square feet; Independence, Ohio with approximately 60,000 square feet; Orange, California with approximately 39,000 square feet; Phoenix, Arizona with approximately 24,000 square feet; and Centennial, Colorado with approximately 29,000 square feet.  During 2006, we terminated the lease for a storage facility in Dania, Florida with approximately 10,000 square feet.  We also opened an office in Southfield, Michigan with square footage of approximately 1,700 and expanded the existing office in North Charleston, South Carolina by approximately 1,500 square feet.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

          On April 21, 2005, we received a subpoena from the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (the “FOIR”) requesting documents related to all reinsurance agreements to which we have been a party since January 1, 1998.  On May 2, 2005, we received a subpoena from the SEC seeking documents relating to “certain loss mitigation insurance products.”  On June 14, 2005, we received a grand jury subpoena from the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York (the “USAO”) seeking information related to our finite reinsurance activities.  We have been informed that other insurance industry participants have received similar subpoenas.   

          We have cooperated with the FOIR, the SEC and the USAO.  All of the material reinsurance agreements to which we have been a party have been terminated and settled, and the reinsurers have been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.  Inasmuch as the governmental investigations are ongoing and the various regulatory authorities could reach conclusions different from our conclusions concerning the treatment of these transactions that are reflected in our financial statements, it would be premature to reach any conclusions as to the likely outcome of these matters or their potential impact upon us.

          We are named as a defendant in a number of class action and individual lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, the outcomes of which are uncertain at this time. These cases include those plaintiffs who challenge various aspects of our claims and marketing practices and business operations and seek restitution, damages and other remedies.  We plan to contest the outstanding lawsuits vigorously.  We believe the current assumptions and other considerations we use to estimate our potential liability for such litigation are appropriate.  While it is not possible to know with certainty the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits, based on the facts currently available to us, we believe we have adequately reserved for our existing known litigation and that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect the Company, including, without limitation, on its future results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these lawsuits, as well as the tax-deductibility of any related payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to us of these lawsuits could exceed the reserves we establish by amounts that would have a material adverse effect on the Company, incuding, without limitation, on its future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in a particular quarter or year.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

          No matters were submitted to a vote of our stockholders during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.

26



PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

           Our common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BRW”.  The following table sets forth the high, low, and closing market prices of our Common Stock during each of the four calendar quarters of 2006 and 2005.  The high, low and closing prices set forth below are as reported on the NYSE’s consolidated transaction reporting system.

For the quarter ended:

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

Dividends
per Share

 


 



 



 



 



 

March 31, 2006

 

$

20.49

 

$

17.72

 

$

19.25

 

$

0.07

 

June 30, 2006

 

 

19.35

 

 

14.75

 

 

16.00

 

 

0.07

 

September 30, 2006

 

 

16.04

 

 

13.68

 

 

14.55

 

 

0.07

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

16.70

 

 

13.53

 

 

15.83

 

 

0.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the quarter ended:

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

Dividends
per Share

 


 



 



 



 



 

March 31, 2005

 

$

21.80

 

$

14.91

 

$

15.50

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

18.49

 

 

14.76

 

 

18.30

 

 

0.07

 

September 30, 2005

 

 

19.64

 

 

15.80

 

 

18.25

 

 

0.07

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

19.75

 

 

17.12

 

 

19.03

 

 

0.07

 

          As of February 28, 2007, there were 1,195 registered holders of record of our Common Stock.  A significant number of outstanding shares of Common Stock are registered in the name of only one holder, which is a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, a securities depository for banks and brokerage firms.

          The table above reflects the frequency and amount of cash dividends that we paid on our Common Stock during 2006 and 2005.  We paid $0.29 per common share for a total dividend payout of $8.5 million with respect to our Common Stock during the year ended December 31, 2006 and $0.26 per common share for a total dividend payout of $8.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2005.  The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, capital and cash requirements, future prospects, regulatory and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by our subsidiaries, restrictions under our credit facility on our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.  Under the Merger Agreement with Farmers, without Farmer’s prior written consent, the Company is only permitted to pay a regular quarterly dividend with respect to our Common Stock not to exceed $0.08 per share.  For a discussion of our cash resources and needs, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.

          We are a holding company without significant operations of our own.  Dividends from our subsidiaries are our principal source of funds.  Insurance laws limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.  Our non-insurance subsidiaries’ earnings are generally unrestricted as to their availability for the payment of dividends subject to customary state corporate laws regarding solvency.  See “Item 1.  Regulatory Matters – Regulation of Dividends.”  Our subsidiaries also are not permitted to pay dividends without Farmer’s prior written consent.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.

27



Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

          The table below shows information with respect to our equity compensation plans and individual compensation arrangements as of December 31, 2006:

Plan Category

 

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights

 

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available For
Future Issuance
(A)

 


 



 



 



 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders: (1)

 

 

3,011,984

 

$

4.13

 

 

2,378,981

 



(A)

Amounts reflected in this column exclude securities reflected in the column entitled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights.”  The amounts reflected in this column include 2,212,084 shares of Common Stock available for issuance under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) in the form of restricted stock as well as options and other derivative securities convertible into Common Stock that are issuable under the 2004 Plan and Phantom Shares that are issuable under our Non-Employee Directors’ Plan and the 2004 Plan.  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

 

(1)

All outstanding options, warrants and other rights were issued as follows and were not subject to stockholder approval because the Company was privately held until an initial public offering on February 12, 2004:


 

Options issued under our 1998 Stock Option Plan for Management and Key Employees (the “1998 Plan”).  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Options issued under the 2004 Plan. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Phantom Shares issued under our Non-Employee Directors’ Plan

 

Options originally issued to Firemark Partners, LLC, on July 23, 2002, to purchase 521,520 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.83 per share pursuant to a Services Agreement, dated July 24, 2002.  See Notes 8 and 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Warrants issued to Inter-Ocean Reinsurance (Ireland) Limited, on July 1, 2001, to purchase 782,280 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.83 per share.  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Options issued to Fisher Capital LLC, from July 9, 1998 to October 1, 2003, to purchase 873,546 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.83 per share.  These options are fully vested.  See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Options issued to George O’Brien, currently our Senior Vice President-Chief Legal Officer, on April 1, 2003, while he was outside counsel, to purchase 19,557 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.83 per share.  These options are fully vested.  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

          There were no sales of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2006.

28



Purchases of Equity Securities by the Registrant

          The following table contains information about our purchases of our equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2006.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)

 

Average
Price Paid per
Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a
Publicly
Announced Plan

 

Approximate
Dollar
Value that May Yet
Be Purchased
Under the Plan

 


 



 



 



 



 

December 1 - 31, 2006

 

 

916

 

$

15.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

916

 

$

15.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



(1)

The amounts in this column constitute shares of restricted stock withheld to reimburse us for withholding taxes that we paid upon the vesting of restricted stock awarded to employees, at an average price of $15.96 per share, based on the last reported closing price per share of our Common Stock, as reported by the NYSE on the vesting date.

          For additional information concerning our capitalization, please see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

29



Item 6. Selected Financial Data

          The following table presents our historical financial and operating data as of the dates or for the periods indicated.  We derived the data as of and for each of the five years ended December 31, 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements.  The results of operations for past accounting periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future accounting periods.  You should read this summary in conjunction with “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

As of or For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earned premium

 

$

581.0

 

$

595.1

 

$

325.3

 

$

274.0

 

$

241.0

 

Net investment income

 

 

21.4

 

 

17.2

 

 

9.0

 

 

6.7

 

 

6.4

 

Realized gain (loss) on investments, net

 

 

0.1

 

 

(0.1

)

 

—  

 

 

1.2

 

 

0.3

 

Policy service fee revenue

 

 

54.7

 

 

62.5

 

 

74.1

 

 

69.2

 

 

47.3

 

Outsourcing servicing fees (a)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.9

 

Other income

 

 

3.8

 

 

2.9

 

 

2.5

 

 

1.6

 

 

2.0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

 

661.0

 

 

677.6

 

 

410.9

 

 

352.8

 

 

297.9

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred

 

 

394.1

 

 

394.6

 

 

219.4

 

 

199.7

 

 

200.5

 

Commissions and other underwriting expenses

 

 

152.8

 

 

154.1

 

 

58.4

 

 

51.8

 

 

42.1

 

Other operating and general expenses

 

 

42.9

 

 

40.3

 

 

32.6

 

 

26.7

 

 

19.6

 

Litigation expense (b)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

17.4

 

 

14.3

 

Interest expense

 

 

5.7

 

 

4.2

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.1

 

 

4.6

 

Extinguishment of debt

 

 

1.3

 

 

—  

 

 

1.6

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

596.8

 

 

593.2

 

 

315.0

 

 

298.7

 

 

281.1

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income before income taxes

 

 

64.2

 

 

84.4

 

 

95.9

 

 

54.1

 

 

16.8

 

Income tax expense

 

 

22.1

 

 

29.7

 

 

34.8

 

 

20.6

 

 

5.3

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

42.1

 

$

54.7

 

$

61.1

 

$

33.5

 

$

11.5

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and investments

 

$

545.0

 

$

487.3

 

$

295.1

 

$

150.5

 

$

139.9

 

Total assets

 

 

944.6

 

 

893.4

 

 

1,040.9

 

 

777.9

 

 

633.1

 

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

239.2

 

 

221.4

 

 

222.3

 

 

202.3

 

 

157.4

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

 

100.0

 

 

69.9

 

 

73.4

 

 

71.5

 

 

71.5

 

Total liabilities

 

 

587.8

 

 

556.4

 

 

718.6

 

 

639.1

 

 

530.3

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

356.8

 

 

337.0

 

 

322.3

 

 

138.7

 

 

102.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross written premium

 

$

595.0

 

$

617.9

 

$

752.9

 

$

648.2

 

$

481.8

 

Net written premium

 

 

604.0

 

 

653.1

 

 

369.0

 

 

263.0

 

 

236.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.78

 

$

1.99

 

$

1.41

 

$

0.48

 

Earnings per share - diluted

 

 

1.37

 

 

1.70

 

 

1.89

 

 

1.32

 

 

0.48

 

Book value per share

 

 

12.09

 

 

11.13

 

 

10.11

 

 

5.82

 

 

4.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss ratio

 

 

67.8

%

 

66.3

%

 

67.4

%

 

72.9

%

 

83.2

%

Expense ratio

 

 

23.6

%

 

21.7

%

 

4.5

%

 

2.8

%

 

4.7

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

91.4

%

 

88.0

%

 

71.9

%

 

75.7

%

 

87.9

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



a)

Outsourcing service fees represent fees earned under a contract with Reliance Insurance Company for servicing policies and claims on the run-off of their non-standard automobile insurance business.  We entered into this contract in connection with our acquisition of the non-standard automobile operations of Reliance Group Holdings in April 2001.  These fees do not represent a recurring source of income.

 

 

b)

Litigation expense represents expense associated with the settlements of certain class action lawsuits.

30



Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

          We have derived the following discussion and analysis of the results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2006, and our financial condition as of each year-end, from the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document.  You should read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with such financial statements.

Overview

          We derive our revenues principally from the following:

 

net premiums earned, which comprises the premiums we earn from sales of automobile insurance policies less those premiums that we cede to reinsurers;

 

 

 

 

net investment income we earn on our invested assets;

 

 

 

 

policy service fee revenues, which are composed primarily of policy origination fees and installment fees billed to our policyholders; and

 

 

 

 

other income, which primarily represents commission income we earn for producing insurance policies written by an unrelated policy issuing county mutual insurance company in Texas, which policies we reinsure through a quota share reinsurance agreement.

 

 

 

 

Our expenses consist predominately of the following:

 

 

 

 

losses and LAE, including estimates for losses and LAE incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods, less the portion of those insurance losses and LAE that we ceded to reinsurers;

 

 

 

 

commissions and other underwriting expenses, which consist of commissions we pay to agents and brokers, premium taxes and Company expenses related to the production and underwriting of insurance policies, less ceding commissions that we receive under our reinsurance contracts;

 

 

 

 

other operating and general expenses, which include general and administrative expenses, depreciation and other expenses; and

 

 

 

 

interest expense on debt.

The Merger Agreement with Farmers

          On March 1, 2007, we entered into a Merger Agreement with Farmers Group, Inc. pursuant to which BWH Acquisition Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Farmers (“Merger Sub”), will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Farmers.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time and as a result of the Merger, each then outstanding share (each a “Share”) of Common Stock, including restricted stock (which vests upon a change in control), will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $22.50 in cash per Share, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”). Each share of Common Stock that is subject to a then outstanding option and warrant that is vested or vests upon a change in control will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration less the exercise price per Share for the option and warrant. Each Phantom Share under our Non-Employee Directors’ Plan also will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration.  Consummation of the Merger is subject to various customary closing conditions, including, but not limited to, (1) the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, (2) all insurance antitrust approvals and regulatory approvals from certain insurance departments, (3) absence of certain orders preventing the Merger, and (4) the approval of the Merger Agreement by our stockholders.  We currently expect the Merger to close before the end of 2007. 

Products and Services

           We continuously monitor the profitability of our business at a highly detailed level.  We seek rate changes based on indicated profitability related to our targets.  We believe we can continue to improve our product structure by filing class plan changes that lower rates for certain market segments that produce favorable results relative to our average in a given state and raise rates for other poorer performing segments.  We modified rates 64 times in 2006.  Eighteen of such modifications were increases, 19 were revenue neutral, 14 were decreases, and 13 were new product introductions. The overall effect of these modifications was an increase to our overall rate level by 1.1%.

31



          In the aggregate, we utilized point-of-sale underwriting to process over 99% of our new business applications in 2006.  We have fully deployed OneStep, our browser-based point-of-sale underwriting system, in 12 states for both new business and endorsements.

          We have an exclusive license to use OneStep in the non-standard automobile insurance industry through December 2009.  OneStep and OneStep Raptor use technology to provide fast and accurate quotes by accessing third-party information at the point of sale, including an applicant’s driving record, accident history and, where permitted by law, credit reports.  This process reduces the frequency of uprates (increases in premiums after issuance) which may occur when an application is incomplete or inaccurate.  Our point-of-sale application systems permit the producer to print the policy, the identification cards and, in certain cases, the policy declaration page, once the verifications are complete, usually within minutes.

          We are in the process of deploying a new more segmented point-of-sale product called Select 2.0.  We designed this product to be broadly competitive.  We have used advanced statistical techniques, most significantly Generalized Linear Models (“GLMs”), to create a new rating algorithm.  GLMs are a family of regressions in which different distributions can be examined to determine which is most predictive.  Additionally, we are employing our own proprietary credit model and vehicle symbol set in the rating process.  During 2006, we launched the Select 2.0 product in 12 states, including six states during the fourth quarter.  Preliminary results indicate that the product has been well received.  In the 12 states in which we deployed the product, our aggregate written premium in 2006 increased 13% to $307.8 million compared to $273.0 million in 2005.  By mid-2007, we expect to have introduced Select 2.0 in 20 of the 22 states in which we operate.  We cannot deploy Select 2.0 in California because of regulatory constraints, and in Georgia, we believe that it will take longer to obtain regulatory approval.  We are satisfied with this product’s performance to date.

Distribution and Marketing

          Increasing the number of producers with which we do business is one important aspect of our growth strategy.  We attempt to target producers in geographic areas where we are under-represented and where we believe we can write profitable business.  During 2006, we increased our total number of producers to 9,141 and our total number of producer locations to 12,391.  This compares to 8,701 producers and 11,674 producer locations as of September 30, 2006, and 7,720 producers and 10,361 producer locations as of December 31, 2005.  The following table displays our producer representation in our top five states and in all of our other states collectively as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.

 

 

Producers

 

Producer Locations

 

 

 


 


 

State

 

December 31, 2006

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2006

 

December 31, 2005

 


 



 



 



 



 

California

 

 

1,612

 

 

1,099

 

 

2,426

 

 

1,896

 

Florida

 

 

1,572

 

 

1,289

 

 

2,045

 

 

1,582

 

Michigan

 

 

630

 

 

601

 

 

911

 

 

813

 

Texas

 

 

937

 

 

841

 

 

1,499

 

 

1,318

 

South Carolina

 

 

399

 

 

372

 

 

449

 

 

416

 

All Other

 

 

3,991

 

 

3,518

 

 

5,061

 

 

4,336

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Totals

 

 

9,141

 

 

7,720

 

 

12,391

 

 

10,361

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

32



Policies-in-Force

          The number of policies in force is a significant driver of our gross earned premium.  The table below shows our average number of policies in force and gross earned premium for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

%
Change
2006

 

%
Change
2005

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of policies in force

 

 

406.5

 

 

446.1

 

 

487.7

 

 

-8.9

%

 

-8.5

%

Gross earned premium

 

$

590,719

 

$

646,944

 

$

695,605

 

 

-8.7

%

 

-7.0

%

          The average number of policies in force for 2006 decreased by 8.9% compared to 2005 consistent with a decline in gross earned premium of 8.7% over the same period.  Similarly, the average number of policies in force for 2005 declined by 8.5% compared to 2004, while gross earned premium declined by 7.0% over the same period.  At December 31, 2006, we had approximately 414,000 policies in force compared to approximately 406,000 at December 31, 2005, an increase of 2.0%, and approximately 481,000 at December 31, 2004, a decrease of 15.6%.

          Overall, average daily new business production in 2006 was stable compared to 2005 with less than 1% growth.  However, average daily new business production began to improve significantly in the fourth quarter of 2006 with 23% growth compared to the fourth quarter of 2005.  For the month of January 2007, we continued to see growth in average daily new business production, which increased 33% compared to January 2006 and 17% compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2006.  Growth in new business is one component of gross written premium.  Other components include renewal premium, rewrite premium, and positive endorsement premium, which increase our written premium, as well as cancellations, negative endorsement premium, and non-renewals, which reduce our written premium.  The performance of these other components relative to prior periods, known as persistency, has a significant impact on our written and earned premium.  In addition, new business production is a policy count metric.  Average premium per policy also plays a large role in determining gross written premium.  As an example, in California, we write predominantly twelve-month policies, which have twice the average premium of a six-month policy.  An increase in twelve-month policies, or any higher average premium policy, would increase gross written premium, and a move to six-month polices, which we predominantly write in states other than California, would depress gross written premium, all other factors being equal.

          We continue to emphasize productivity and efficiency by closely managing our staffing levels in relation to transaction volume in our claims and policy service divisions.  At December 31, 2006, our staff count was 1,154 compared to 1,164 at September 30, 2006 and 1,213 at December 31, 2005.  We employ various metrics to evaluate service performance so that we may ensure that service levels are meeting or exceeding our benchmarks.

Operating Results – Key States

          Market conditions in the states in which we operate are competitive to varying degrees.  We monitor the rate and underwriting activity of the other market participants in each state in which we do business.  During the fourth quarter of 2006, we tracked 322 rate revisions by companies we monitor as detailed in the table below.

 

 

Three months ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

State

 

Increases

 

Decreases

 

Revenue-neutral

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 

California

 

 

4

 

 

9

 

 

99

 

 

112

 

Florida

 

 

17

 

 

7

 

 

22

 

 

46

 

Michigan

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Texas

 

 

2

 

 

6

 

 

5

 

 

13

 

South Carolina

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

All Other

 

 

29

 

 

30

 

 

90

 

 

149

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Rate Changes

 

 

52

 

 

52

 

 

218

 

 

322

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

33



          Some companies with which we compete, primarily in California, do not verify certain underwriting information, which has the effect of lowering the premium they charge, and thus attracting more business.  In addition, in California and in other states, some companies with which we compete pay incentives to agents and brokers, such as contingent commissions.  Also, some competitors spend significant sums on national and local advertising.  In all of our markets, we have not relaxed our underwriting standards, we do not pay incentives to agents and brokers, and we do not spend significantly on consumer advertising.  In the fourth quarter of 2006, we began to observe a reversal of some of these trends and, as a result, our gross written premium for the quarter ended December 31, 2006 declined by only 4.5% compared to the same quarter of 2005, our best performance of the year.

          One of our objectives is to increase our geographic diversification over time.  Although California continues to be our largest state, our mix of premium writings has become more geographically diverse.  For the year ended December 31, 2006, we derived 40% of our gross written premium from California compared to 46% for the year ended December 31, 2005.  California, Florida and Michigan collectively accounted for 70% of our gross written premium for the year ended December 31, 2006, down from 75% for the year ended December 31, 2005.  We also look to enter new large non-standard markets with favorable regulatory environments.

          Gross written premium by state and in the aggregate before and after the change in the provision for cancellations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are presented below.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

%
Change
2006

 

%
Change
2005

 

 

 


 

 

 

State

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

California

 

$

239.5

 

$

277.4

 

$

396.2

 

 

-13.7

%

 

-30.0

%

Florida

 

 

106.0

 

 

91.2

 

 

100.8

 

 

16.2

%

 

-9.5

%

Michigan

 

 

70.3

 

 

83.5

 

 

71.9

 

 

-15.8

%

 

16.1

%

Texas

 

 

31.0

 

 

22.5

 

 

16.7

 

 

37.8

%

 

34.7

%

South Carolina

 

 

28.8

 

 

20.2

 

 

17.4

 

 

42.6

%

 

16.1

%

Pennsylvania

 

 

23.9

 

 

18.0

 

 

15.2

 

 

32.8

%

 

18.4

%

New Hampshire

 

 

13.5

 

 

15.7

 

 

12.9

 

 

-14.0

%

 

21.7

%

Colorado

 

 

12.0

 

 

7.4

 

 

4.7

 

 

62.2

%

 

57.4

%

Maine

 

 

11.8

 

 

14.1

 

 

13.2

 

 

-16.3

%

 

6.8

%

Virginia

 

 

10.9

 

 

9.1

 

 

11.4

 

 

19.8

%

 

-20.2

%

All other (includes 12 states)

 

 

45.4

 

 

39.9

 

 

46.1

 

 

13.8

%

 

-13.4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross written premium, before change in expected policy cancellation provision

 

$

593.1

 

$

599.0

 

$

706.5

 

 

-1.0

%

 

-15.2

%

Change in expected policy cancellation provision

 

 

1.9

 

 

18.9

 

 

46.3

 

 

n/m

 

 

n/m

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross written premium

 

$

595.0

 

$

617.9

 

$

752.8

 

 

-3.7

%

 

-17.9

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

          Changes in gross written premium, as detailed above, vary significantly by state and are influenced by a variety of factors, including competitive conditions and regulatory environments within each state, our strategies with respect to product pricing, and changes in the number and location of producers.  In the aggregate, our gross written premium decreased by 4% in 2006 compared to 2005.  Included in these figures is a change in the provision for expected policy cancellations that increased gross written premium by less than 1% in 2006, by 3% in 2005, and by 6% in 2004.  We provide for expected policy cancellations in order to adjust written premium to amounts we expect to ultimately collect and earn.  Because the cancellation provision adjusts our unearned premium for amounts we expect will not be collected, the changes in the provision are impacted by changes to both the rate of cancellations and the unearned premium reserve.  Our cancellation experience has steadily improved in the last three years.  The rate of expected cancellation declined to 20.7% as of December 31, 2006 compared to 21.7% as of December 31, 2005 and 24.7% as of December 31, 2004.  Decreases to the provision added $1.9 million, $18.9 million and $46.3 million to gross written premium during 2006, 2005 and 2004.

34



          In California, gross written premium declined by 14% in 2006 and by 30% in 2005 due to continued competitive market conditions in this state.  In our other states, in the aggregate, our gross written premium grew by 10% in 2006 and by 4% in 2005.  While our competitors’ rates, as filed, remain stable, some have relaxed underwriting standards by not verifying miles driven, driving experience, or other underwriting information, which can significantly affect policy premiums.  This practice has resulted in lower policy premiums for some drivers, making it more difficult for companies not engaging in such practices to attract new customers and retain those that seek alternative quotes at renewal.  We have not relaxed our underwriting standards and do not intend to do so in the future.  Recent California regulations require auto insurers to implement procedures to verify annual mileage.

          In Florida, our second largest state, gross written premium grew by 16% in 2006, following a decline of 10% in 2005.  On August 1, 2006, we deployed our Select 2.0 product in Florida.  (See “Overview – Products and Services” above.)  We attribute much of the premium growth in Florida during 2006 to the introduction of this new product.  Most agents in Florida use third party software that compares rates and, as a result, our new program became available very broadly and very quickly.  We continue to observe signs that the rates in the Florida market are firming.  As detailed in the table above, these revisions continue the trend of rate increases outnumbering rate decreases among competitors’ rate filings that we first noted during the fourth quarter of 2005.

          In Michigan, our third largest state, gross written premium declined by 16% in 2006 and grew by 16% in 2005.  We attribute the decline in volume in 2006 principally to rate increases that we implemented in January and April 2006 in response to increasing severity of personal injury protection (“PIP”) claims in Michigan.  On October 30, 2006, we introduced our Select 2.0 product in Michigan.  (See “Overview – Products and Services” above.)  Most agents in Michigan do not use third party software that compares rates, resulting in a slower roll-out of the product in this state.  Nevertheless, we have begun to see early indications that the product is making inroads into the marketplace, as processed written premium grew slightly in December 2006 to $5.9 million compared to $5.8 million in December 2005.

          In Texas, gross written premium grew by 38% in 2006 and by 35% in 2005.  In June 2006, we introduced our Select 2.0 product in Texas.  (See “Overview – Products and Services” above.)  The new product has been well received, as much of the premium growth in 2006 came in the latter half of the year.

          In South Carolina, gross written premium grew by 43% in 2006 and by 16% in 2005.  We introduced our Select 2.0 product in South Carolina in September 2006.  (See “Overview – Products and Services” above.)  Since we introduced this product, we have seen an increase in the growth rate of our premium writings in this state.

          The table below shows our gross written premium by state and quarter for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006:

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

 

State

 

March 31,
2006

 

June 30,
2006

 

September 30,
2006

 

December 31,
2006

 

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

California

 

$

68.7

 

$

60.2

 

$

55.7

 

$

54.9

 

$

239.5

 

Florida

 

 

25.3

 

 

22.7

 

 

26.9

 

 

31.1

 

 

106.0

 

Michigan

 

 

19.5

 

 

17.6

 

 

17.1

 

 

16.1

 

 

70.3

 

Texas

 

 

6.1

 

 

5.9

 

 

10.0

 

 

9.0

 

 

31.0

 

South Carolina

 

 

6.6

 

 

5.4

 

 

6.7

 

 

10.1

 

 

28.8

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

5.9

 

 

7.2

 

 

6.0

 

 

4.8

 

 

23.9

 

New Hampshire

 

 

3.9

 

 

3.5

 

 

3.3

 

 

2.8

 

 

13.5

 

Colorado

 

 

2.1

 

 

2.7

 

 

3.4

 

 

3.8

 

 

12.0

 

Maine

 

 

3.3

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.1

 

 

2.4

 

 

11.8

 

Virginia

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.0

 

 

2.6

 

 

2.3

 

 

10.9

 

All other (includes 12 states)

 

 

12.1

 

 

10.9

 

 

11.2

 

 

11.2

 

 

45.4

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross written premium, before change in expected policy cancellation provision

 

$

156.5

 

$

142.1

 

$

146.0

 

$

148.5

 

$

593.1

 

Change in expected policy cancellation provision

 

 

0.7

 

 

1.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

—  

 

 

1.9

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross written premium

 

$

157.2

 

$

143.2

 

$

146.1

 

$

148.5

 

$

595.0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

35



Results of Operations

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2006 compared to Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2005

Revenues

          The following table shows the gross and ceded written and earned premium for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross written premium

 

$

594,964

 

$

617,873

 

Ceded written premium:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other reinsurance

 

 

9,205

 

 

71,052

 

Effect of reinsurance commutation

 

 

(18,287

)(1)

 

(106,310

)(2)

 

 



 



 

Total ceded written premium

 

 

(9,082

)

 

(35,258

)

 

 



 



 

Net Written Premium

 

$

604,046

 

$

653,131

 

 

 



 



 

% Ceded, excluding effect of reinsurance commutation

 

 

1.5

%

 

11.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Earned Premium

 

$

590,719

 

$

646,944

 

Ceded Earned Premium

 

 

9,657

 

 

51,872

 

 

 



 



 

Net Earned Premium

 

$

581,062

 

$

595,072

 

 

 



 



 

% Ceded

 

 

1.6

%

 

8.0

%



(1)  Amount represents the unearned premium previously ceded under our 2005 quota share resinsurance agreement, which we received as a result of the termination and commutation of this agreement.

 

(2)  Amount represents the unearned premium previously ceded under our 2002-2004 quota share reinsurance agreement, which we received as a result of the termination and commutation of this agreement.

          Gross Written Premium. Gross written premium declined to $595.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, or by 4%, compared to $617.9 million for 2005.  The decline in gross written premium emanated primarily from California where written premium fell by $37.9 million, or 14%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.  Our gross written premium in the other states in which we do business was higher in the aggregate by 10% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.  We provide for expected policy cancellations in order to adjust written premium to amounts we expect to ultimately collect and earn.  (See “Operating Results – Key States” above.)  We reduced the provision by $1.9 million in 2006, which added less than 1% to our reported gross written premium, and by $18.9 million in 2005, which added 3% to our reported gross written premium.

          Net Written Premium.  Net written premium declined by 8% to $604.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 from $653.1 million for 2005.  The decrease resulted primarily from the termination of quota share reinsurance agreements during the first quarters of both 2006 and 2005.  Upon termination of the quota share reinsurance agreements, we “recaptured” the previously ceded unearned premium, which added to our net written premium.  We recaptured $18.3 million in the first quarter of 2006 compared to $106.3 million in the first quarter of 2005, a decrease of $88.0 million.  In addition, net written premium for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 was reduced by $60.8 million ceded premium pursuant to a 10% quota share reinsurance agreement in place during that time.  We had no quota share reinsurance agreement in effect during 2006. 

          Net Earned Premium.  Net earned premium declined by 2% to $581.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 from $595.1 million for 2005.  Net earned premium for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 included a reduction of $42.5 million for premium ceded pursuant to a 10% quota share reinsurance agreement.  We had no quota share reinsurance agreement in effect during 2006.  Net earned premium, excluding the effect of the 2005 quota share reinsurance, decreased by $56.5 million, or 9%, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005, which is consistent with the decline in gross earned premium of 9% for the same period.

36



          Net Investment Income and Realized Gains and Losses on Investments.  Net investment income increased by 25% to $21.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $17.2 million for 2005.  The tax equivalent book yield of our fixed maturity portfolio increased to 4.96% at December 31, 2006 from 4.52% at December 31, 2005.  For the twelve-month period, approximately $2.4 million of the increase in net investment income was due to the larger size of the investment portfolio, and approximately $1.9 million related to a higher investment portfolio yield.

          Net realized gains and losses on securities sales were insignificant for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

          Policy Service Fee Revenue.  Policy service fee revenue declined by 12% to $54.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $62.5 million for 2005.  Policy fee income generally correlates with gross earned premium.  Gross earned premium was lower by 9% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006.   Our fee income as a percentage of gross earned premium declined to 9.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 from 9.7% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.  The decline is mostly attributable to a 14% decline in 2006 gross written premium in California, where our fees are higher than for the rest of our business on average, and decreases in our installment fees.  A greater percentage of our customers are signing up for electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) payment plans, on which we charge lower installment fees.  The EFT business is more persistent, produces lower losses and is less expensive to administer.  The portion of our policyholders who utilize EFT increased to 16% for 2006 compared to 7% for 2005.

Costs and Expenses

          Losses and LAE Incurred.  Losses and LAE incurred declined to $394.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $394.6 million for 2005.  Our loss ratio increased by 1.5 points to 67.8% for 2006 from 66.3% for 2005.

          The following table displays our incurred losses and LAE related to the current accident year (losses and LAE occurring in the current fiscal year) and prior accident years (losses and LAE recognized in the current fiscal year related to accidents which took place in a prior fiscal year).

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Losses and LAE incurred - current accident year

 

$

388,781

 

$

394,597

 

Losses and LAE incurred - prior accident years

 

 

5,293

 

 

9

 

 

 



 



 

Total losses and LAE incurred

 

$

394,074

 

$

394,606

 

 

 



 



 

Loss ratio - current accident year

 

 

66.9

%

 

66.3

%

Loss ratio - prior accident years

 

 

0.9

%

 

0.0

%

 

 



 



 

Total loss ratio

 

 

67.8

%

 

66.3

%

 

 



 



 

          The increase in the loss ratio was primarily attributable to an increase in adverse development on loss and LAE reserves for prior years, which was $5.3 million in 2006 compared to an insignificant amount in 2005, or 0.9 points of the increase.  Adverse development occurs when loss and LAE reserves established for accidents that took place in years prior to the current year prove to be inadequate and management increases those reserves to reflect the revised estimate of the ultimate losses related to such accidents.  Such increases result in a charge to loss and LAE incurred in the current year.  The remainder of the increase in the loss ratio is attributed to a 0.6 point increase in the current accident year loss ratio, which is principally due to an increase in our LAE ratio.  The LAE ratio has increased as premium volume has declined because a portion of our claims department’s costs are fixed or semi-fixed and cannot be adjusted immediately in response to changes in volume. 

          Commissions and Other Underwriting Expenses.  Commissions and other underwriting expenses declined to $152.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $154.0 million for 2005.  This category of expenses includes producers’ commissions, premium taxes and Company expenses that relate to the production of and vary with premium, reduced by ceding commission income.

37



          The following table provides detail of our commissions and other underwriting expenses before and after reinsurance.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross commissions

 

$

87,700

 

$

95,371

 

Premium tax expense

 

 

12,272

 

 

14,564

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

 

52,751

 

 

56,400

 

 

 



 



 

Gross expenses

 

 

152,723

 

 

166,335

 

 

 



 



 

Ceding commissions

 

 

(102

)

 

12,295

 

 

 



 



 

Commissions and other underwriting expenses

 

$

152,825

 

$

154,040

 

 

 



 



 

Gross expense ratio

 

 

23.2

%

 

21.8

%

Net expense ratio

 

 

23.6

%

 

21.7

%

          Commissions and other underwriting expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 were reduced by ceding commission income of $12.3 million pursuant to a 10% quota share reinsurance agreement.  We had no quota share reinsurance agreement in effect during 2006.  Commissions and other underwriting expenses, excluding the effect of reinsurance, declined by 8% to $152.7 million from $166.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005, which is consistent with the decline in gross earned premium of 9% for the same period.

          Other Operating and General Expenses. Other operating and general (“G&A”) expenses were $42.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $40.3 million for 2005, an increase of $2.6 million.  Costs associated with governmental investigations concerning our reinsurance agreements added $2.7 million before taxes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, while we incurred an insignificant amount of such expenses in 2006.  G&A expenses, excluding the expenses related to such regulatory inquiries in 2005, increased by $5.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, compared to 2005.  The most significant factor contributing to this growth was a change in the allocation of total Company expenses between commissions and other underwriting (“Underwriting”) expenses and G&A expenses.  We conduct a periodic review of the allocation of total Company expenses between such categories based upon the mix of activities performed by our various departments.  Based on our latest study, we allocated a higher proportion of total Company expenses to G&A expenses and a smaller proportion to Underwriting expenses than we did for the same periods of 2005.  Total Company expenses, excluding the expenses related to such regulatory inquiries in 2005, changed insignificantly for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.

          Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $5.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to $4.2 million for 2005, an increase of $1.5 million.  The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the refinancing of our credit facility on July 31, 2006, which increased the amount of our term loan to $100.0 million.  In addition, increasing interest rates also contributed to the increase in interest expense.  The interest on our credit facility debt is variable and is tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).  The average LIBOR rate was higher during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 than in 2005.  The aggregate weighted average interest rate we incurred was 6.5% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 5.0% during 2005.  As of December 31, 2006, we had $100.0 million of outstanding credit facility debt as compared to $69.9 million as of December 31, 2005.

          Extinguishment of Debt.   We refinanced our credit facility, repaid the pre-existing term loan, and increased the amount of our term loan on July 31, 2006.  We incurred a non-recurring non-cash pre-tax charge of $1.3 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, resulting from the write-off of the unamortized portion of the deferred financing costs associated with the debt that was repaid.

38



          Income Taxes. Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 were $22.1 million, or 34.4% of income before income taxes.  This effective tax rate of 34.4% comprises 31.78% federal income taxes and 2.62% state income taxes.  Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 were $29.7 million, or 35.17% of income before income taxes.  This effective tax rate of 35.17% comprises 33.55% federal income taxes and 1.62% state income taxes.

          Ratios. The table below displays the key components of the combined ratio:

 

 

Twelve months ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

Loss ratio

 

 

67.8

%

 

66.3

%

 

 



 



 

Direct commission ratio

 

 

15.1

%

 

16.1

%

Ceding commission (income) ratio

 

 

0.0

%

 

-2.1

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

11.2

%

 

11.9

%

Other operating and general expense ratio

 

 

7.4

%

 

6.8

%

Fee and other  (income) ratio

 

 

-10.1

%

 

-11.0

%

 

 



 



 

Net expense ratio

 

 

23.6

%

 

21.7

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

91.4

%

 

88.0

%

 

 



 



 

          Our combined ratio was 91.4% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 88.0% for 2005, an increase of 3.4 points.  For the twelve-month period, the loss ratio increased 1.5 points (see “Losses and LAE Incurred” above) and the expense ratio increased 1.9 points.  Approximately 2.1 points of the increase in the expense ratio was attributed to the absence of ceding commission income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.  In addition, 0.9 points of the increase in the expense ratio was due to lower fee and other income during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.  These increases in the expense ratio were mitigated by a decrease in the direct commission ratio of 1.0 points.

39



          The table below displays our gross, ceded, and net underwriting results, as well as the related gross, ceded and net loss, expense and combined ratios:

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

Underwriting Results Before Reinsurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross earned premium

 

$

590,719

 

$

646,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred

 

 

420,369

 

 

431,791

 

Commissions

 

 

87,700

 

 

95,371

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

 

65,023

 

 

70,964

 

Other operating and general expenses

 

 

42,908

 

 

40,297

 

 

 



 



 

Total underwriting expenses

 

 

616,000

 

 

638,423

 

 

 



 



 

Gross underwriting result

 

 

(25,281

)

 

8,521

 

Policy service fee revenue and other income

 

 

58,480

 

 

65,395

 

 

 



 



 

Pretax underwriting income

 

$

33,199

 

$

73,916

 

 

 



 



 

Gross loss ratio

 

 

71.2

%

 

66.7

%

Gross expense ratio

 

 

23.2

%

 

21.8

%

 

 



 



 

Gross combined ratio

 

 

94.4

%

 

88.5

%

 

 



 



 

Reinsurance Ceded Results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ceded earned premium

 

$

9,657

 

$

51,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ceded losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred

 

 

26,295

 

 

37,185

 

Ceding commissions

 

 

(102

)

 

12,295

 

 

 



 



 

Total underwriting expenses

 

 

26,193

 

 

49,480

 

 

 



 



 

Ceded underwriting (loss) income

 

$

(16,536

)

$

2,392

 

 

 



 



 

Ceded loss ratio

 

 

272.3

%

 

71.7

%

Ceded expense ratio

 

 

-1.1

%

 

23.7

%

 

 



 



 

Ceded combined ratio

 

 

271.2

%

 

95.4

%

 

 



 



 

Net Underwriting Results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earned premium

 

$

581,062

 

$

595,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred

 

 

394,074

 

 

394,606

 

Commissions - net of reinsurance

 

 

87,802

 

 

83,076

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

 

65,023

 

 

70,964

 

Other operating and general expenses

 

 

42,908

 

 

40,297

 

 

 



 



 

Total underwriting expenses

 

 

589,807

 

 

588,943

 

 

 



 



 

Net underwriting result

 

 

(8,745

)

 

6,129

 

Policy service fee revenue and other income

 

 

58,480

 

 

65,395

 

 

 



 



 

Pretax underwriting income

 

$

49,735

 

$

71,524

 

 

 



 



 

Net loss ratio

 

 

67.8

%

 

66.3

%

Net expense ratio

 

 

23.6

%

 

21.7

%

 

 



 



 

Net combined ratio

 

 

91.4

%

 

88.0

%

 

 



 



 

40



Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2005 compared to Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2004

Revenues

          The following table shows the gross and ceded written and earned premium for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross written premium

 

$

617,873

 

$

752,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ceded written premium:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quota share reinsurance and other

 

 

71,052

 

 

383,848

 

Effect of reinsurance commutation

 

 

(106,310

)*

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Total ceded written premium

 

 

(35,258

)

 

383,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Ceded, excluding effect of reinsurance commutation

 

 

11.5

%

 

51.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross earned premium

 

$

646,944

 

$

695,605

 

Ceded earned premium

 

 

51,872

 

 

370,284

 

% Ceded

 

 

8.0

%

 

53.2

%



* Amount represents the unearned premium previously ceded under our 2002-2004 quota share reinsurance agreement, which we received as a result of the termination and commutation of this agreement.

          Gross Written Premium. Gross written premium decreased to $617.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, or by 18%, compared to $752.9 million for 2004.  The decline in gross written premium emanated primarily from California where written premium declined by 30% for the year.  Generally, we observed increasingly competitive conditions during 2005 in the states where we did business.  Because we exercised underwriting and pricing discipline, we saw our volume of business decline in several states, most notably, California and Florida, and grow more slowly in many other states compared to 2004.  We provide for expected policy cancellations in order to adjust written premium to amounts we expect to ultimately collect and earn.  (See “Operating Results – Key States” above.)  During 2005, we reduced the provision by $18.9 million, which added 3% to our reported gross written premium for the year.

          Net Written Premium.  Net written premium increased by 77% to $653.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 from $369.0 million for the comparable period of 2004.  Of the increase in net written premium, $313.2 million was due to the reduction in the cession percentage to 10% for 2005 business from 50% for 2004 business and $106.3 million was due to the termination and commutation of our 2002-2004 quota share reinsurance agreement effective January 1, 2005.  As of January 2006, all of the material reinsurance agreements to which we had been a party had been terminated and commuted, and the reinsurers had been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.  See “Business – Reinsurance” above.

          Net Earned Premium.  Net earned premium increased by 83% to $595.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 from $325.3 million for the comparable period of 2004.  Gross earned premium was down by 7% and our premium retention increased to 92% from 47% as a result of the reduction in the ceding percentage under our quota share reinsurance agreement.  We had a quota share reinsurance agreement in 2004 under which we ceded 50% of 2004 policy premium; for 2005, we had a quota share reinsurance agreement under which we ceded 10% of 2005 policy premium.

41



          Net Investment Income and Realized Losses and Gains on Investments.  Net investment income was $17.2 million for the twelve months ended 2005 compared to $9.0 million for the same period of 2004.  Most of the increase was attributable to a larger invested asset base on average during 2005 compared to 2004.   Our initial public offering, which we completed in February 2004, provided $113.4 million of net proceeds and the termination and commutation of our 2002-2004 quota share reinsurance agreement resulted in our receipt of $196.6 million in January 2005.  Excluding the proceeds from the reinsurance termination, cash flow from operations aggregated $56.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $45.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004.  The increased cash flow also contributed to the growth in invested assets and increased net investment income.  The average pre-tax equivalent investment yield on our investment portfolio increased to 4.52% as of December 31, 2005 from 4.30% as of December 31, 2004.

          Net realized gains and losses on securities sales were insignificant for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

          Policy Service Fee Revenue.  Policy service fee revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 was $62.5 million, equivalent to 10% of gross earned premium, compared to $74.1 million, equivalent to 11% of gross earned premium, for the same period of 2004.  The most prominent factor affecting our level of fee income was the decline in our average policies in force.  As noted above, the ratio of fees to gross earned premium declined by 1 point, indicating that on a per policy basis, we are collecting lower fees on average than in the prior year.  Approximately 40%, or 0.4 points, of the decline was due to a 30% decline in 2005 gross written premium in California where the level of fees charged has been greater related to premiums than in the other states in which we operate.  While approximately 20% of new business was written on electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) payment plans in the last quarter of 2005, and we charged approximately 50% lower installment fees on installments paid by EFT, this was not a significant factor in the lower fee ratio for the full year, accounting for less than 25%, or 0.25 points, of the decline. 

Costs and Expenses

          Losses and LAE Incurred.  Losses and LAE incurred increased to $394.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $219.4 million for the same period of 2004.  Our loss ratio improved 1.1 points to 66.3% for 2005 from 67.4% for 2004.

          The following table displays our incurred losses and LAE related to the current accident year (losses and LAE occurring in the current fiscal year) and prior accident years (losses and LAE recognized in the current fiscal year related to accidents which took place in a prior fiscal year).

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Losses and LAE incurred - current accident year

 

$

394,597

 

$

216,845

 

Losses and LAE incurred - prior accident years

 

 

9

 

 

2,513

 

 

 



 



 

Total losses and LAE incurred

 

$

394,606

 

$

219,358

 

 

 



 



 

Loss ratio - current accident year

 

 

66.3

%

 

66.6

%

Loss ratio - prior accident years

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.8

%

 

 



 



 

Total loss ratio

 

 

66.3

%

 

67.4

%

 

 



 



 

          The decline in the loss ratio was primarily attributable to a reduction in adverse development on loss and LAE reserves for prior years, which was an insignificant amount in 2005 down from $2.5 million in 2004, or 0.8 points of the improvement.  The remainder of the decrease in the loss ratio was due to a 0.3 point improvement in our claims experience for accident year 2005 compared to 2004.  This improvement occurred despite $2.5 million of pre-tax losses related to Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $1.0 million of pre-tax losses related to Hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan and Jeanne during the twelve months ended December 31, 2004.

42



          Commissions and Other Underwriting Expenses.  Commissions and other underwriting expenses increased to $154.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $58.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $95.6 million, or 164%.  This category of expenses includes producers’ commissions, premium taxes and company expenses that relate to the production of and vary with premium, reduced by ceding commission income.  Most of the increase was the result of the large decrease in the ceding percentage under our quota share agreements, which, in turn, reduced ceding commission income.  During the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, we ceded 8% of our gross earned premium compared to 53% for the comparable period of 2004.

          The following table provides detail of our commissions and other underwriting expenses before and after reinsurance.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross commissions

 

$

95,371

 

$

106,695

 

Premium tax expense

 

 

14,564

 

 

15,681

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

 

56,400

 

 

48,527

 

 

 



 



 

Gross expenses

 

 

166,335

 

 

170,903

 

 

 



 



 

Ceding commissions

 

 

12,295

 

 

112,475

 

 

 



 



 

Commissions and other underwriting expenses

 

$

154,040

 

$

58,428

 

 

 



 



 

Gross expense ratio

 

 

21.5

%

 

18.1

%

Net expense ratio

 

 

21.3

%

 

4.1

%

          The decrease in premium taxes from 2004 to 2005 was the result of the decline in gross earned premiums.  The premium tax rate was little changed between years.

          The change in deferred acquisition costs related to Company expenses contributed $4.8 million of the increase in other underwriting expenses.  Net amortization was $3.8 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to net capitalization of $1.0 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2004.  Most of the remainder of the increase in other underwriting expenses emanated from the costs associated with increased use of technology principally related to point of sale underwriting.

          Other Operating and General Expenses. Other operating and general expenses were $38.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $31.4 million for the same period of 2004, an increase of $6.7 million.  Costs associated with governmental investigations concerning our reinsurance agreements added $2.7 million before taxes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005.  Consulting, audit fees and regulatory examination fees increased by $3.5 million.  Of this amount, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance accounted for approximately $1.8 million.  Additionally, depreciation expense, principally related to enterprise software, was also $0.6 million higher during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 than in the comparable period of 2004.

          Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $4.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $3.0 million for the same period of 2004.  Interest incurred pertains to debt we incurred pursuant to our credit facility, which we refinanced on February 18, 2004.  The aggregate weighted average interest rate was 5.0% during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to 3.2% during the same period of 2004.  The rate we paid on our debt under this credit facility was variable and tied to LIBOR.  The average LIBOR rate was higher during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 than in the comparable period of 2004.  As of December 31, 2005, we had $69.9 million of outstanding debt compared to $73.4 million at December 31, 2004.

          Income Taxes. Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 were $29.7 million, or 35.17% of income before income taxes.  This effective tax rate of 35.17% comprises 33.55% federal income taxes and 1.62% state income taxes.  Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004 were $34.8 million, or 36.25% of income before income taxes.  This effective tax rate of 36.25% comprises 34% federal income taxes and 2.25% state income taxes.

43



          Ratios. Our combined ratio was 87.6% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to 71.5% for same period of 2004.  Our combined ratio was only minimally affected by reinsurance during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, while it was significantly affected by reinsurance during the comparable period of 2004.  We ceded only 8% of our gross earned premium in 2005 compared to 53% in 2004.  The following table provides information about our combined ratio before and after reinsurance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

%
Change

 

 

 


 

 

Ratio

 

2005

 

2004

 

 


 



 



 



 

Gross Loss Ratio

 

 

66.7

%

 

66.5

%

 

0.2

%

Gross Expense Ratio

 

 

21.5

%

 

18.1

%

 

3.4

%

 

 



 



 



 

Gross Combined Ratio

 

 

88.2

%

 

84.6

%

 

3.6

%

Effect of Reinsurance

 

 

-0.6

%

 

-13.1

%

 

12.5

%

 

 



 



 



 

Net Combined Ratio, as Reported

 

 

87.6

%

 

71.5

%

 

16.1

%

 

 



 



 



 

          Our gross combined ratio for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 was 88.2% compared to 84.6% for the same period of 2004.  Our gross loss ratio was up 0.2 points to 66.7% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to 66.5% for the comparable period of 2004.  Our gross loss ratio, exclusive of $2.5 million of losses associated with Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, and Wilma in 2005 and $1.0 million of losses associated with Hurricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan, and Jeanne in 2004, was 66.4% for both 2005 and 2004. 

          Our gross expense ratio was 21.5% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 compared to 18.1% for the same period of 2004, an increase of 3.4 points.  Our lower fee income as a percentage of earned premium accounted for 0.9 points of the increase.  The change in the net deferral of Company related underwriting expenses contributed 0.7 points to the increase.  The following items accounted for the remainder of the increase:  $2.7 million associated with responding to governmental investigations concerning our reinsurance agreements (0.4 points), increased consulting related to Sarbanes Oxley and technology initiatives (0.5 points), and increased software expenses (0.3 points).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          We are a holding company without significant operations of our own.  Our insurance subsidiaries underwrite the risks associated with our insurance policies.  Our non-insurance subsidiaries provide services to our policyholders and our insurance subsidiaries related to the insurance policies we issue.  The holding company has continuing cash needs for the payment of interest on borrowings, dividends, taxes and administrative expenses.  The non-insurance subsidiaries fund most of these ongoing obligations, while each subsidiary reimburses the holding company for taxes related to the subsidiary’s operations through an inter-company tax allocation agreement.

          Our insurance subsidiaries’ primary sources of funds are premiums received, investment income and proceeds from the sale and redemption of investment securities.  Our non-insurance subsidiaries’ primary source of funds is the commissions collected from our insurance subsidiaries for services provided under general agency agreements.  Our insurance and non-insurance subsidiaries use funds to pay claims and operating expenses, make payments under the tax allocation agreement, purchase investments and pay dividends to us.

          There are no restrictions on the payment of dividends by our non-insurance subsidiaries other than customary state corporation laws regarding solvency and the consent of Farmers that is required under the Merger Agreement.  Dividends from our insurance subsidiaries are subject to the consent of Farmers that is required under the Merger Agreement and limitations based upon statutory surplus and earnings.  See “Item 1. Business-Regulatory Matters.”  As of December 31, 2006, our insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of $32.9 million without seeking regulatory approval.  Such dividends, if paid, would be subject to regulatory dividend reporting requirements.  Our insurance subsidiaries have not paid any dividends since 1999.  Because our non-insurance subsidiaries generate revenues, profits and net cash flows that are generally unrestricted from a regulatory perspective as to their availability for the payment of dividends, we expect to use those funds to service all of our corporate financial obligations (subject to the consent of Farmers that is required under the Merger Agreement).

44



          Effective July 31, 2006, we refinanced our secured credit facility, which had an outstanding balance of $68.0 at the time of the refinancing.  We also increased the amount of the term loan portion of the new facility.  The new secured credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”) consists of:  (1) a $100 million term loan, and (2) a $25 million revolving credit facility, which includes up to $15 million of letters of credit.  The Senior Credit Facility is pre-payable at any time and is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2011.  Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest based either upon (1) LIBOR plus an applicable margin (“LIBOR Loans”) or (2) the greater of (a) the applicable prime rate and (b) the Federal funds rate for Federal Reserve System overnight borrowing transactions plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin (“ABR Loans”).  Based on the then existing ratio of our consolidated total debt to our consolidated total capitalization, as defined in the Senior Credit Facility, the applicable margin for determining the interest rate applicable to LIBOR Loans ranges from 0.750% to 1.750%, the applicable margin for determining the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans ranges from 0.000% to 0.50%, and the revolving credit facility commitment fee ranges from 0.150% to 0.375%.  The Senior Credit Facility is secured by guarantees by and a pledge of stock of certain of our subsidiaries.  The Senior Credit Facility includes negative covenants regarding the maintenance of certain financial ratios.  As of, and for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all such covenants.  As of December 31, 2006, $100 million was outstanding under the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility with repayment scheduled for 2011.

          We used a part of the proceeds of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility to repay the remaining $68.0 million outstanding on the two pre-existing term loans.  We contributed $25 million of the proceeds to our insurance subsidiaries as noted above.  We have used the remaining $7 million of proceeds for general corporate purposes.  Because we repaid the pre-existing term loans, we incurred a non-recurring non-cash pre-tax charge of $1.3 million for the write-off of deferred financing costs for the replaced facility.  We have no immediate plans to take down any funding under the $25 million revolving credit portion of the Senior Credit Facility.  The Merger Agreement with Farmers provides that, without Farmers’ prior written consent, we cannot incur additional indebtedness other than borrowings in the ordinary course under the Senior Credit Facility.

          In August 2006, we contributed $15 million to the surplus of Coast National Insurance Company (“Coast”), one of our insurance subsidiaries.  The purpose of the contribution was to ensure that we would continue to have adequate capital in our insurance subsidiaries to support their “A-” financial strength rating from A.M. Best. 

          We have formed a new insurance subsidiary, Bristol West Preferred Insurance Company.  We incorporated the new company on September 7, 2006, and capitalized it with $10 million.  The new company is domiciled in Michigan, and it will only write Michigan business.  This structure will provide certain advantages to us relative to potential exposures to claims for accidents occurring within the State of Michigan, as well as some premium tax savings.

          Effective September 27, 2006, we re-domiciled Bristol West Casualty Insurance Company to Ohio from Pennsylvania.  We employ a significant number of people in Ohio and have a greater presence there than in Pennsylvania.  In addition, Bristol West Insurance Company, another of our insurance subsidiaries, is domiciled in Ohio.  We anticipate that the re-domiciliation will provide us with some operating economies, as well as some premium tax savings.

          On October 28, 2005, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $20 million of our outstanding Common Stock.  We completed this repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2006 with the repurchase of 1,117,277 shares of our Common Stock at a cost of $19.0 million, or an average cost of $17.05 per share.  During this repurchase program, we repurchased a total of 1,168,377 shares of our Common Stock at a total cost of $20 million, or an average cost of $17.11 per share. Under the Merger Agreement with Farmers, without Farmer’s prior written consent, we are not permitted to redeem or purchase our Common Stock other than in connection with the withholding of, or purchase of, shares of Common Stock to settle the exercise price of options and warrants and to reimburse us for withholding taxes that we may pay upon the exercise of options and the vesting of restricted stock under our 1998 Plan and our 2004 Plan.

45



          We paid $0.29 per share for a total dividend payout with respect to our Common Stock of $8.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 and $0.26 per share for a total dividend payout with respect to our Common Stock of $8.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2005.  The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors.  The Board considers our financial condition, results of operations, capital and cash requirements, future prospects, regulatory and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by our subsidiaries, restrictions under our credit facility and other factors they deem relevant.  On February 20, 2007, the Board of Directors approved the declaration of a fourth quarter dividend of $0.08 per common share that will result in a total dividend payout with respect to our Common Stock of approximately $2.3 million from available cash.  The dividend was paid on March 13, 2007 to stockholders of record on February 27, 2007.  Under the Merger Agreement with Farmers, without Farmer’s prior written consent, the Company is only permitted to pay a regular quarterly dividend with respect to our Common Stock not to exceed $0.08 per share, and our subsidiaries are not permitted to pay dividends.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $252.9 million for 2005.  We terminated quota share reinsurance agreements effective January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2005.  The terminations resulted in our receipt of $11.0 million in January 2006 and $196.6 million in January 2005.  Cash flow from operating activities, exclusive of the net cash received from the reinsurance terminations, was $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $56.3 million for 2005.  Most of the decline was caused by an increase in state and federal income tax payments of $14.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005.

          Net cash used in investing activities was $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $189.9 million for 2005.  The purchase of high-quality fixed income securities accounted for most of the use of funds for both the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.  The funds for the investment purchases during the year ended December 31, 2005 came principally from the commutation proceeds of a quota share reinsurance agreement we received in January 2005.

          Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.  For the year ended December 31, 2006, net cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $32.0 million of net proceeds from the refinancing of our credit facility, offset by $19.0 million used for the repurchase of 1,117,277 shares of our Common Stock, $8.5 million for the payment of stockholder dividends, and $2.0 million for the repayment of debt.  For the year ended December 31, 2005, cash used in financing activities consisted primarily of $31.0 million for the repurchase of 1,859,823 shares of our Common Stock, $8.0 million for the payment of stockholder dividends, and $3.5 million for the repayment of debt. 

          On March 24, 2006, in connection with the exercise by Firemark Partners LLC (“Firemark”) of its vested options to purchase 110,823 shares of our Common Stock, Firemark used 22,662 of the shares of Common Stock subject to its option to settle the exercise price of $0.4 million for these options.  We calculated the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Firemark’s option that we used to settle the exercise price using the last reported closing price per share of our Common Stock, as reported on the NYSE on the date of exercise ($18.73 on March 24, 2006).

          We elected to terminate and commute our 2005 quota share reinsurance agreement on a cut-off basis effective January 1, 2006.  The termination and commutation resulted in the reinsurer’s release from all future liability and settlement of the net balance due us of $11.0 million on January 31, 2006.  We have invested these monies in high-quality fixed income securities.

          The termination and commutation resulted in significant increases/(decreases) in certain balance sheet accounts in 2006, as follows (in thousands):

Cash

 

$

11,004

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

(16,429

)

Prepaid reinsurance

 

 

(18,287

)

Ceding commission receivable

 

 

(8,928

)

Reinsurance payables

 

 

(28,067

)

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

4,573

 

          We have concluded that we no longer need quota share reinsurance because we have sufficient surplus to support our anticipated gross and net premium writings.

46



Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          The following table displays our contractual obligations by the years in which payments are due as of December 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012 or
Later

 

Total

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Long Term Debt Obligations (1)

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

100.0

 

$

—  

 

$

100.0

 

Operating Leases

 

 

7.2

 

 

6.2

 

 

5.2

 

 

3.8

 

 

3.6

 

 

9.8

 

 

35.8

 

Purchase Obligations (2)

 

 

2.5

 

 

1.9

 

 

1.2

 

 

0.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

7.1

 

Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves (3)

 

 

167.6

 

 

52.4

 

 

16.4

 

 

2.6

 

 

0.2

 

 

—  

 

 

239.2

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total Contractual Obligations (4)

 

$

177.3

 

$

60.5

 

$

22.8

 

$

6.9

 

$

104.3

 

$

10.3

 

$

382.1

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Includes principal repayments only.  We have not included future interest expense because the interest rate is tied to LIBOR and is variable.  The effective interest rate as of December 31, 2006 was 6.4%.

 

(2)

Effective July 10, 1998, we entered into a contract with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) for management, consulting and certain other services to be provided to us by KKR.  Pursuant to the KKR contract, we pay KKR an annual fee of $500,000 and reimburse KKR for all reasonable expenses they incur.  The KKR contract continues in effect from year to year unless KKR agrees with us to amend or terminate the contract.  We have included purchase obligations of $500,000 with respect to the KKR contract under each of the columns, including “2012 or Later.” Nevertheless, it is possible that our payments under the KKR contract could extend beyond 2012.

 

(3)

The payouts of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves by year included in the above table are estimated based upon historical loss payment patterns. Since there are not definitive due dates for the payments, payments by year and in the aggregate are subject to uncertainties.  See “Item 1. Business - Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves” and “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies - Estimation of Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.”

 

(4)

This table does not reflect any potential impact of the closing of the Merger.

Critical Accounting Policies

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts we report in our financial statements.  As additional information becomes available, these estimates and assumptions are subject to change and, if changed, would impact amounts we report in the future.  We have identified accounting policies involving estimates that we consider to be critical due to the amount of judgment and uncertainty inherent in the application of these policies.

Accruals for Litigation.

          We continually evaluate potential liabilities and reserves for litigation using the criteria established by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”  We have a quarterly monitoring process involving legal and accounting professionals.  Legal personnel first identify outstanding corporate litigation and regulatory matters posing a reasonable possibility of loss.  Legal personnel then review these matters to evaluate the facts and changes since the last review in order to determine if we should record or adjust a provision for loss, the amount that we should record, and any appropriate disclosure regarding the provision, and communicate such information to accounting personnel.  We believe the current assumptions and other considerations we use to estimate our potential liability for litigation are appropriate.  While it is not possible to know with certainty the ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits, we believe we have adequately reserved for our existing known litigation and that such litigation will not have a material effect on our future financial condition or results of operations.  In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these claims or lawsuits, as well as the tax-deductibility of related payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to us of these claims or lawsuits could exceed the reserves we establish by amounts that would have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition or results of operations in a particular quarter or year.

47



Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance.

          Pursuant to SFAS No. 113, “Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts” (“SFAS 113”), we are required to review the contractual terms of all our reinsurance purchases to ensure compliance with SFAS 113.  SFAS 113 establishes the conditions required for a contract with a reinsurer to be accounted for as reinsurance and prescribes accounting and reporting standards for those contracts.  Contracts that do not result in the reasonable possibility that the reinsurer may realize a significant loss from the insurance risk assumed generally do not meet the conditions for reinsurance accounting and must be accounted for as deposits.

          SFAS 113 also requires us to disclose the nature, purpose and effect of reinsurance transactions, including the premium amounts associated with reinsurance assumed and ceded.  It also requires disclosure of concentrations of credit risk associated with reinsurance receivables and prepaid reinsurance premiums.

Estimation of Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses.

          We record a liability for estimates of losses and LAE that we will pay on accidents reported to us and we estimate and record a liability for accidents that have occurred but have not been reported to us, which we refer to as incurred but not reported loss and LAE reserves.

          As of December 31, 2006, we had $239.2 million of gross loss and LAE reserves, which represented our best estimate of ultimate losses and LAE.  Our management believes the provision for unpaid losses and LAE is adequate to cover the ultimate cost of losses and LAE incurred to date.  In 2006, we experienced $5.3 million of adverse development on loss and LAE reserves that we established at December 31, 2005.  The increase in reserves for prior accident years was driven by a variety of factors, including higher than expected claim severity (dollars of loss per claim) in Michigan Personal Injury Protection claims, greater than expected litigation costs in Florida, and higher than expected claim severity in California, which includes a California extra-contractual claim verdict of $430,000.

          An analysis of our losses and LAE for December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is summarized in the following table:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance as of beginning of year

 

$

221,445

 

$

222,326

 

$

202,296

 

Less: Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

24,042

 

 

116,906

 

 

113,286

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net balance as of beginning of year

 

 

197,403

 

 

105,420

 

 

89,010

 

 

 



 



 



 

Incurred related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

 

388,781

 

 

394,597

 

 

216,845

 

Prior periods

 

 

5,293

 

 

9

 

 

2,513

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total incurred

 

 

394,074

 

 

394,606

 

 

219,358

 

 

 



 



 



 

Paid related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

 

247,744

 

 

259,887

 

 

135,508

 

Prior periods

 

 

139,079

 

 

42,736

 

 

67,440

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total paid

 

 

386,823

 

 

302,623

 

 

202,948

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

204,654

 

 

197,403

 

 

105,420

 

Plus: Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

34,523

 

 

24,042

 

 

116,906

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance as of December 31

 

$

239,177

 

$

221,445

 

$

222,326

 

 

 



 



 



 

48



          The following table summarizes the gross loss (including case loss and IBNR reserves, as defined below) and LAE reserves as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:

 

 

Dec. 31,
2006

 

Dec. 31,
2005

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross Loss and LAE Reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Loss Reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Case

 

$

149,671

 

$

138,968

 

IBNR (1)

 

 

50,621

 

 

44,966

 

 

 



 



 

Total Gross Loss Reserves

 

 

200,292

 

 

183,934

 

Gross LAE Reserves

 

 

38,885

 

 

37,511

 

 

 



 



 

Total Gross Loss and LAE Reserves

 

$

239,177

 

$

221,445

 

 

 



 



 



(1)

IBNR loss reserves principally include (“IBNR”):

 

 

 

 

A provision for claims that have occurred but have not yet been reported to us

 

A provision for claims that have been reported to us but for which case loss reserves have not yet been established

 

A provision for supplemental loss development on known case loss reserves

 

A provision for claims that have been paid and closed but may require future payment

 

A provision for salvage and subrogation recoveries

For a discussion of the development of our loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance, for the calendar years 1996 through 2006, see “Item 1. Business - Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve Development.”

          Establishing Loss and LAE Reserve Estimates.  Quarterly, for each financial reporting date, we record our best estimate, which is a point estimate, of our overall reserve for both current and prior accident years of the remaining amounts that we expect to pay for all covered losses that occurred through the financial statement date and for all claim settlement expenses.  The overall loss and LAE reserve estimate is the difference between (1) the sum of point estimates of ultimate loss and ultimate LAE, and (2) losses and LAE paid to date.  The point estimates of ultimate loss consist of point estimates for case loss reserves and point estimates for IBNR losses.  The point estimates of ultimate LAE consist of point estimates for adjusting and other expenses (“A&O”) and for defense and cost containment expenses (“DCC”).  At December 31, 2006, our gross loss and LAE reserves were allocated approximately as follows: case loss reserves 63%, IBNR 21%, DCC 13%, and A&O 3%.

          We use different processes to determine point estimates for case loss reserves and point estimates for IBNR losses and ultimate LAE.  For reported claims where the claims adjuster believes that the settlement amount will be $50,000 or more, we establish a point estimate of case loss reserves for each claim based on the known facts regarding the claim, the parameters of the coverage that our policy provides and the experience and knowledge of claims staff regarding the nature and potential cost of each claim. We adjust these case loss reserve estimates as additional information becomes available to us.  For reported claims where the claims adjuster believes that the settlement amount will be less than $50,000, we apply a system generated case loss reserve that varies by state, program and coverage and the length of time elapsed since the accident date.  Using the actuarial methodologies described in the following paragraphs, we estimate additional amounts that may be required to meet the ultimate cost of these known claims.  We reduce all case loss reserves as we make payments for reported claims.  For coverage where partial payments are frequent, particularly PIP, we apply the partial payment to reduce the system generated case loss reserve and at the same time the adjuster may further manually reset the reserve.  Our actuarial staff estimates IBNR losses and ultimate LAE quarterly using detailed statistical analyses and professional judgment after careful consideration of internal and external variables that may affect the resulting reserves.  Because these underlying processes require the use of estimates and informed judgment, establishing loss and LAE reserves is an inherently uncertain and complex process.

49



          We employ various statistical processes to estimate IBNR losses and ultimate LAE.  Our actuarial staff performs quarterly analyses on approximately 150 homogenous data subsets that they expect to produce the most accurate estimates.  We analyze the data separately (1) for each of the 22 states in which we write business, (2) for each type of coverage group written (for example, we analyze collision claims separately from bodily injury claims), (3) by the program in which the business is written (in some states, we have multiple programs where we use different structures to develop a premium rate, different policy limits and other policy attributes and that include, at times, different case loss reserves) and (4) by accident quarter.  We perform these analyses for subsets of data rather than at an aggregated company level because it is important that there be homogeneity in the type of claims for which we are developing a best estimate of the liability.  For example, the ratio of the number of claims closed with payment to the projected number of ultimate claims, when considered for a subset of homogenous data, does provide insight into the consistency of the rate of claim settlement over time for that data subset.  Our actuarial staff estimates IBNR losses and LAE quarterly using up to 40 accident quarters depending on the applicable state, program and coverage group.  These actuarial analyses generally estimate IBNR losses and LAE for each data subset gross of ceded reinsurance.  We then apply the ceded reinsurance terms to the overall gross loss and LAE estimates to determine the ceded amounts that we apply to establish loss and LAE reserve estimates net of reinsurance.

          To determine quarterly point estimates of IBNR losses and DCC, our actuarial staff selects one or more generally accepted actuarial loss and LAE reserving estimation methodologies that generally fall into the following categories:

 

Paid Development Methodologies

 

Incurred Development Methodologies

 

Bornhuetter - Ferguson Paid Methodologies

 

Bornhuetter - Ferguson Incurred Methodologies

 

Frequency and Severity Methodologies

          Paid development methods use historical loss or DCC payments over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses or DCC.  Paid development methods assume that the pattern of paid losses or DCC occurring in past periods will recur for losses occurring in subsequent periods.  For example, if historical paid loss patterns demonstrate that 50% of the ultimate value of loss or DCC liability with respect to losses occurring in a particular period will have been paid at the end of 24 months, it is appropriate to estimate that the ultimate value of loss or DCC liability with respect to losses that occurred exactly 24 months ago is twice the amount that has been paid through the present.  Inherently, these methods assume that the factors affecting the payment pattern and the relationship of the ultimate value of loss or DCC liability to the amount paid for any given period after the loss occurs will remain constant over time.  Selection of the paid development pattern requires analysis of several factors including, but not limited to, the impact of inflation on claims costs, the rate at which claims professionals make claim payments and close claims, the impact of judicial decisions, the impact of underwriting changes, and the impact of large claim payments.  Claim cost inflation itself requires evaluation of changes in the cost of repairing or replacing property, changes in the cost of medical care, changes in the cost of wage replacement, judicial decisions, legislative changes, regulatory changes, and other factors.  Changes in any of these factors can impact the results because paid development methods assume that losses are paid at a consistent rate.  Paid development methods have the disadvantage of overreacting to changes in closed losses and DCC.  For many claims, particularly those with longer-tail exposures such as bodily injury claims, paid loss or DCC data for recent periods may be too immature or erratic for accurate predictions.  Paid development methods are more leveraged (meaning that small changes in payments have a larger impact on estimates of ultimate liability) than incurred development methods.  In addition, paid development methods are often slow to react to situations when new or different factors arise than those that have affected paid losses or LAE in the past.  We typically apply paid development methods to paid pure losses, salvage and subrogation recoveries, and paid DCC.

50



          Incurred development methods, like paid development methods, assume that the ratio of losses or LAE in one period to losses in an earlier period will be consistent over time.  However, instead of using paid losses, incurred development methods use incurred losses (i.e., the sum of cumulative historical loss payments plus outstanding case loss reserves) over discrete periods of time to estimate future losses.  Incurred development methods can be preferable to paid development methods because they explicitly take into account open cases and the evaluations of the cost to settle these cases.  Since these methods use more data than paid development methods, the incurred development patterns may be less variable than paid patterns.  However, incurred development methods necessarily assume that case loss reserving practices are consistently applied over time.  Therefore, when there have been significant changes in how case loss reserves are established, using incurred data to project ultimate losses can be less reliable than other methods.  Selection of the incurred development pattern requires analysis of the same factors analyzed for the paid development method.  We typically apply incurred development methods to estimate incurred pure losses. 

          Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid development methods are a combination of paid development methods and expected loss ratio methods.  Expected loss ratio methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums.  Expected loss ratios are typically developed based upon the information used in pricing and are multiplied by the total amount of premiums earned to calculate ultimate losses.  Expected loss ratio methods are useful for estimating ultimate losses or DCC when little or no paid or incurred loss or DCC information is available.  Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid development methods give partial credibility to the actual loss or DCC experience to date.  These methods assume that only future losses or DCC will develop at the expected loss ratio level.  The percent of paid loss or DCC to ultimate loss or DCC implied from the paid development method is used to determine what percentage of ultimate loss or DCC is yet to be paid.  The estimate of losses or DCC yet to be paid is added to current paid losses or DCC to estimate the ultimate loss or DCC for each quarter.  The use of the pattern from the paid development method requires consideration of all factors considered for the paid development method.  The use of the expected loss ratio method requires analysis of loss ratios from earlier accident quarters or pricing studies and analysis of inflationary trends, frequency trends, rate changes, underwriting changes, and other applicable factors.  These methods will react very slowly if actual ultimate loss ratios are different from expectations due to changes not accounted for by the expected loss ratio calculation.  We typically apply Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid development methods to estimate paid pure losses, salvage and subrogation recoveries, and paid DCC.

          Bornhuetter-Ferguson incurred development methods are similar to the Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid development methods except that they use case incurred losses.  The use of case incurred losses instead of paid losses can result in development patterns that are less variable than paid patterns.  However, the inclusion of case loss reserves can lead to distortions if changes in case loss reserving have taken place and the analysis is not adjusted to account for the changes.  These methods require analysis of all the factors that need to be reviewed for the expected loss ratio and incurred development methods.  We typically apply Bornhuetter-Ferguson incurred development methods to estimate incurred pure losses and salvage and subrogation recoveries.

          Frequency and severity methods generally rely on the determination of a ratio of the number of claims reported to the number of insured vehicles (frequency) and ultimate dollars of loss per claim (severity) for each future calendar quarter.  These methods may have an advantage if ultimate claim counts can be estimated more quickly and accurately than can ultimate losses.  If severity can be accurately estimated, these methods may respond more quickly to changes in loss experience than other methods.  However, for severity to be predictable, the claims analyzed must be homogeneous claims for which severity trends from one year to the next are reasonably consistent.  We typically apply frequency and severity methods to estimate paid pure losses.

          We use two additional methods to estimate A&O reserves:

 

The run-off A&O method projects the number of claims adjusters, appraisers and managers necessary to run off the inventory of claims at year end given the volume of claims and the necessary infrastructure. This method utilizes the claim count projections from the loss and DCC reserve estimates and develops an estimate of ultimate A&O consisting of the staffing and other overhead costs necessary to support the projected levels of claim activity.

 

 

 

 

The cost per claim A&O method estimates the cost of handling various types of claims based on assumptions about the relative cost of A&O by coverage group and about the ratio of the costs of opening to the costs of closing a claim.  The ratio is based on the assumption that most of the actual work performed on a claim is completed shortly after we open the claim.  We use this method to allocate by state, program, coverage group and accident quarter both the current calendar quarter paid A&O and the A&O estimate.

51



          Since loss and LAE reserves are estimates of the remaining amounts that we expect to pay for losses that have occurred and for claim settlement expenses, the establishment of such reserves is an inherently uncertain and complex process.  Our goal is to apply actuarial estimation methodologies so that total reserves for losses and LAE reflect our best estimate of our liability for losses and LAE.  A key objective of our actuarial staff in developing best estimates of ultimate loss and ultimate LAE, and resulting reserves, is to identify aberrations and systemic changes occurring within historical experience and accurately adjust for them so that they can project future claim activity more reliably.  Our actuarial staff regularly refines the detailed mathematical models they use to apply actuarial estimation methodologies so that they incorporate into their analyses changes in underlying assumptions.  For purposes of estimating our loss and LAE reserves, we assume that there is consistency or a discernable trend in the following:

 

The historical information used to prepare loss development factors

 

The historical information used to prepare a priori expected loss ratios

 

The rate at which claims are settled

 

The ratio of loss and DCC to earned premium over time

 

The historical information regarding claim frequency (ratio of the number of claims reported to the number of insured vehicles)

 

The historical information regarding loss severity (dollars of loss per claim)

          These key assumptions are themselves based on underlying assumptions regarding numerous internal and external factors, which often vary for different states, programs and coverage groups, for different accident periods and for different actuarial estimation methodologies.  Internal factors include, but are not limited to, changes in product mix, changes in claims-handling practices, underwriting standards and rules, and loss cost trends.  External factors include, but are not limited to, claim severity, claim frequency, inflation in costs to repair or replace damaged property, inflation in the cost of medical services, legislative activities, regulatory changes, judicial changes, and litigation trends. 

          With respect to each of the key assumptions underlying our loss and LAE reserve estimates, our actuarial staff tracks the emergence of loss and LAE data by state, program, coverage group and accident quarter on a daily basis.  They analyze this data using a browser-based reporting tool that compares the actual emergence of losses and LAE relative to the expected emergence over time.  In conducting quarterly loss and LAE reserve reviews, our actuarial staff applies such data that is relevant to determining whether it is appropriate to revise any assumptions that they will use to develop loss and LAE reserve estimates.

          Our actuarial staff selects one or more actuarial estimation methodologies to review for each data subset depending on the applicable state, program, coverage group and accident quarter as well as emerging issues relating to each.  Our actuarial staff relies heavily on historical loss experience when determining loss reserve levels on the assumption that past loss experience is a good indicator of future loss experience.  They most frequently utilize incurred development methods and Bornhuetter-Ferguson incurred development methods to estimate losses.  Because historical DCC data is not as well developed, our actuarial staff most frequently uses a Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid development method to estimate DCC reserves.

          In most cases, use of multiple methodologies produces a cluster of estimates with modest dispersion in the indicated possible outcomes.  In a few cases, however, use of multiple methodologies produces conflicting results and wider bands of indicated possible outcomes.  However, such bands do not necessarily constitute a range of outcomes, nor do management or our actuaries calculate a range of outcomes.  If there is a significant variation in the results generated by different actuarial methodologies, our actuarial staff further analyzes the data using additional techniques.  These processes could include analyzing individual claims to determine which method has the greatest credibility in order to establish the best estimate, making adjustments to the key assumptions underlying the methodologies, or using additional generally accepted actuarial estimation methodologies.

          In arriving at each individual point estimate of reserves for IBNR losses and reserves for LAE in each separate data subset, our actuarial staff considers the likely predictive value of the various methodologies employed in light of internal and external variables that may impact the reserves and weigh the credibility of each methodology.  For each data subset in each accident quarter, the point estimate selected by our actuarial staff is not necessarily one of the points produced by any particular methodology utilized, but may be another point that takes into consideration each of the points produced by the several loss methodologies used.  For example, the current accident quarter may not have enough paid claims data to rely upon, leading our actuarial staff to conclude that an incurred development methodology provides a better estimate than a paid development methodology.  In such a case, our actuarial staff may give more weight to an incurred methodology for that particular accident quarter.

52



          The final step in the quarterly reserving process for IBNR losses and LAE involves a comprehensive review of the actuarial indications by senior members of our actuarial staff who apply their collective judgment and, together with senior management, determine the appropriate level of reserves to record.  Numerous factors are considered in this determination process, including, but not limited to, the assessed reliability of key loss trends and assumptions that may be significantly influencing the current actuarial indications, changes in internal and external variables that affect the timing of payment or development patterns, the maturity of the accident quarter, pertinent trends observed over the recent past, the level of volatility within a particular data subset, and the improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the current period as compared to prior periods.  We do not discount any of our loss or LAE reserves to present value. 

          There is no substantive difference in the process that we use to determine the best estimate of our loss and LAE reserves for annual financial reports compared to the process we use for interim financial reports.

          Volatility of Loss and LAE Reserve Estimates and Sensitivity Analysis.  Quarterly, for each financial reporting date, we record our best estimate, which is a point estimate, of our overall loss and LAE reserve for both current and prior accident years.  Because the underlying processes require the use of estimates and professional actuarial judgment, establishing loss and LAE reserves is an inherently uncertain process.  As our experience develops and we learn new information, our quarterly reserving process may produce revisions to our previously reported loss and LAE reserves, which we refer to as “development,” and such changes may be material.  We recognize favorable development when we decrease our previously reported loss and LAE reserves, which results in an increase in net income in the period recognized.  We recognize adverse development when we increase our previously reported loss and LAE reserves, which results in a decrease in net income in the period recognized.  Accordingly, while we record our best estimate, our loss and LAE reserves are subject to potential variability. 

          In order to provide an indication of the potential variability of our loss and LAE reserves, we have considered various alternatives for disclosing the effect that reasonably likely changes in the key assumptions underlying our loss and LAE reserves may have on our net income.  Sensitivity analysis based on an evaluation of historical changes in key assumptions underlying loss and LAE reserves can provide an indication of the potential variability of the reserves.  However, as we discuss in more detail below, we made the following conclusions:

 

It would not be meaningful for us to provide an indication of the potential variability of our aggregate loss and LAE reserves by disclosing separate sensitivity analyses of the reasonably likely changes in the key assumptions underlying each significant point estimate in each data subset that we aggregate to develop our best estimate of the aggregate reserves.  See the discussion below under the heading “Data Subset Analysis.”

 

 

 

 

It would not be cost effective for us to produce meaningful sensitivity analyses of the reasonably likely changes in the key assumptions underlying our aggregate loss and LAE reserves based on aggregated independent data relating to each such key assumption underlying each point estimate in each data subset.  See the discussion below under the heading “Aggregated Company Data Analysis.”

          We concluded that the only meaningful alternative for such sensitivity analysis that is available to management on a cost effective basis is a sensitivity analysis of potential variability in our loss and LAE reserves based on an evaluation of our historical loss and LAE reserve development.  We describe this sensitivity analysis below under the heading “Loss and LAE Development Analysis.”

          Data Subset Analysis.  We concluded that it would not be meaningful for us to provide an indication of the potential variability of our aggregate loss and LAE reserves by disclosing separate sensitivity analyses indicating the potential variability of each significant point estimate in each data subset based on an evaluation of historical changes in the underlying key assumptions for each such point estimate.   

          We employ various statistical processes to estimate our loss and LAE reserves.  Our actuarial staff performs quarterly analyses on over 150 unique, homogenous data subsets to produce estimates of the aggregate unpaid losses and LAE.  We analyze the data separately (1) for each of the 22 states in which we write business, (2) for each type of coverage group written, (3) by the program in which the business is written and (4) by accident quarter.  We apply one or more detailed actuarial estimation methodologies with respect to each of these data subsets to establish separate point estimates for IBNR losses, for A&O and for DCC.  We make individualized key assumptions with respect to each separate point estimate.  We then aggregate all of the separate point estimates to develop our best estimate of our overall loss and LAE reserves.  See the disclosure above under the heading “Loss and LAE Reserve Estimates.”  

          While the data is available in our information technology (“IT”) systems to prepare such analyses, we determined that disclosing sensitivity analyses for each significant point estimate in all data subsets to provide an indication of the potential variability of our aggregate loss and LAE reserves would be unreasonably lengthy and complex and, therefore, unhelpful to investors. 

53



          Aggregated Company Data Analysis.  We also concluded that it would not be cost effective for us to produce statistically credible sensitivity analyses of the reasonably likely changes in the key assumptions underlying our aggregate loss and LAE reserves based on macro level evaluation of historical changes reflected in aggregated data from each independent data subset.  While significant raw data is available in our IT systems to perform such sensitivity analyses, it would be necessary for us to conduct extensive stochastic analysis of this data to produce a statistically credible indication of the potential variability of our aggregate loss and LAE reserves and the resulting impact on our results of operation, financial condition or liquidity.  We do not make macro determinations about the key assumptions underlying our aggregate loss and LAE reserves, for purposes of managing our business or otherwise.  Our estimates indicate that the incremental costs we would incur to construct a stochastic model and annually produce such sensitivity analyses would materially outweigh the benefits that our business (and, as a result, our stockholders) would derive from such analyses.

          The mix of our loss and LAE reserves changes constantly by state, program, coverage group, and accident quarter.  Further, aggregated data relating to any of our key assumptions is not homogeneous.  As explained above under the heading “Establishing Loss and LAE Reserve Estimates”:

 

for purposes of estimating our loss and LAE reserves, we assume that there is consistency or a discernable trend in the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The historical information used to prepare loss development factors

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The historical information used to prepare a priori expected loss ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The rate at which claims are settled

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The ratio of loss and DCC to earned premium over time

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The historical information regarding claim frequency (ratio of the number of claims reported to the number of insured vehicles)

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

The historical information regarding loss severity (dollars of loss per claim)

 

 

 

 

 

these key assumptions are based on underlying assumptions regarding numerous internal and external factors, which often vary for different states, coverage groups, programs, and accident periods and for different actuarial estimation methodologies.

          We do not currently perform macro analyses of the independent, disaggregated data in each data subset simply by aggregating such data either when we establish loss and LAE reserves or when we establish premium levels or structures in any of the states in which we write business.  As described above under the heading “Establishing Loss and LAE Reserve Estimates,” our actuarial staff performs individualized quarterly analyses on over 150 unique, homogenous data subsets, establishes separate point estimates for IBNR losses, A&O and DCC with respect to each data subset, and makes individualized key assumptions with respect to each such point estimate.  Our actuarial staff does not use actuarial models to quantify at a macro level the impact of reasonably likely changes in one or more of the key assumptions underlying our aggregate loss and LAE reserves or to evaluate at a macro level correlations among the data in each data subset or among the key assumptions underlying the separate point estimates we establish for each data subset.

54



          We estimate that we would incur material costs to perform the macro analyses of the data in each data subset that would be necessary for us to produce a statistically credible indication of the potential variability of our aggregate loss and LAE reserves.  Our loss reserving methodology does not currently include a stochastic model that would produce statistically credible sensitivity analyses of reasonably likely changes in one or more of the key assumptions underlying our aggregate loss and LAE reserves.  We are also not aware of any generally accepted actuarial practices or procedures for performing such macro analyses with respect to independent, disaggregated data.  Accordingly, in order to prepare such macro analyses of the relevant data, we would need to take the following actions:

 

develop the requirements for and construct a stochastic model;

 

enhance our IT systems to house such a model and import into the model relevant data regarding each data subset that we currently collect in Excel spreadsheets;

 

determine the supplemental data that would be necessary to fully address the consistencies and trends on which our key assumptions and related underlying assumptions are based and to acquire and input such supplemental data;

 

expand the computing power of our IT systems to support the operation of such a stochastic model;

 

evaluate the data output by the stochastic model; and

 

engage the necessary outside consultants to perform such functions and support the model because we do not employ the personnel necessary to perform these functions.

          Any such stochastic model would need to determine, for each of over 150 data subsets covering different states, coverage groups, programs, and accident quarters, all probable changes in each of our key assumptions as well as in certain assumptions underlying the key assumptions.  The model would then need to assign a reasonable probability to each outcome.  After the model determined the probable outcomes and assigned probabilities to various assumptions in each data subset, it would need to estimate the impact of each of the various outcomes by performing simulations that utilize Monte Carlo computational algorithms.  Monte Carlo simulations provide approximate solutions to mathematical problems by performing complex statistical sampling experiments on a computer.  A Monte Carlo analysis of the relevant data would likely require hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of iterations.  Monte Carlo algorithms can be expensive to construct and use, particularly if each simulation is to be performed relatively quickly.  Also, the individuals with the specific expertise necessary to construct a stochastic model based on Monte Carlo simulations would be expensive to engage.

          In order to determine the impact of each individual key assumption underlying each of the point estimates that comprise our aggregate loss and LAE reserve estimates, we would need to perform a Monte Carlo simulation for each such assumption with respect to all data subsets simultaneously.  The impact of our key assumptions is not limited to individual states, coverage groups, programs, or accident quarters.  We utilize our key assumptions independently with respect to each separate data subset companywide. 

          Further, we would need to make changes to the structure of our IT systems in order to be able to use a stochastic model to perform such macro analyses.  The structure of our IT systems limits our ability to implement a stochastic model that performs such simultaneous simulations.  Such a model would require an inordinate amount of time to perform the required iterations, given the recalculation time of our loss reserve spreadsheets.  In addition, macro analysis of the impact of any key assumption would require the reserve spreadsheets for all related data subsets to be open simultaneously, which is currently impossible based on the size of the spreadsheets and the structure of our IT systems. 

          Any such model also would need to import data from our IT systems.  We perform the majority of our reserve calculations in Excel spreadsheets that are not included in our loss reserve databases.  These spreadsheets import data from our databases, perform the necessary reserve calculations, and then export the appropriate results to our databases.  Much of the data that would be required to populate the stochastic model is contained in these spreadsheets.  Accordingly, we would need to upgrade our IT systems to export this additional data from our loss reserve spreadsheets and databases into the model.

          Any data to be imported into such a stochastic model would need to include all of the data from our databases and spreadsheets that address the consistencies and trends on which our key assumptions are based.  We also expect that the data imported into any such model would need to include additional data related to certain of the assumptions underlying our key assumptions to further support the consistencies and trends on which our key assumptions are based.  It would be necessary for us to acquire or independently collect such additional data.

55



          We estimate that the costs we would incur to take these necessary actions to construct a stochastic model and annually perform such macro sensitivity analyses would be material.  From a cost-benefit perspective, we cannot justify these incremental costs.  We do not currently anticipate that such a model or such sensitivity analyses would provide any significant benefits to our actuarial staff in estimating loss and LAE reserves or to our product staff in establishing premium levels or structures in any of the states in which we write business.  Accordingly, we determined that such incremental costs would materially outweigh any such benefits that our business (and, as a result, our stockholders) would derive from such analyses. 

          Loss and LAE Development Analysis.  We determined that our historical loss and LAE reserve development provides the most reasonable indication of the potential variability associated with our reserves.  Accordingly, we have included below a sensitivity analysis of our loss and LAE reserve estimates based on our historical reserve development.  There can be no assurance that actual future loss and LAE development variability will be consistent with any potential variation indicated by our historical loss and LAE development experience.  Management does not currently use such an analysis in establishing loss and LAE reserves. 

          Based on the historical loss and LAE reserve development recorded in our financial statements over the 10 and three year periods reflected below, our loss and LAE reserves at December 31, 2007, gross of all reinsurance except for loss and LAE ceded to MCCA, could ultimately vary from the loss and LAE reserves at December 31, 2006, gross of all reinsurance except for loss and LAE ceded to MCCA, as follows:

Period of Development Experience

 

Loss and LAE
Reserves at 12.31.2006
(1)

 

Potential Variability
of Loss and LAE reserves

 

Potential Impact
on Net Income (2)

 


 


 




 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Adverse
Development

 

Favorable
Development

 

Decrease

 

Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

12.31.1996 – 12.31.2006 (3)

 

 

$     204.8

 

 

(52

)%

 

6

%

 

$    (68.3

)

 

$     7.9

 

12.31.2003 – 12.31. 2006 (4)

 

 

$     204.8

 

 

(7

)%

 

0

%

 

$      (8.7

)

 

$     0.0

 



 

(1)

We purchased voluntary reinsurance with respect to certain of the periods reflected in this column.  All of the material reinsurance agreements to which we have been a party have been terminated and settled, and the reinsurers have been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.  We did not purchase any voluntary reinsurance for 2006 and have not purchased any voluntary reinsurance for 2007.  However, we continue to cede premium to the MCCA, a mandatory facility that provides excess of loss coverage for personal injury protection in Michigan.  Accordingly, we have presented the information gross of all reinsurance except for loss and LAE ceded to MCCA.

 

 

 

 

(2)

Assuming a marginal tax rate of 36% for 2007.

 

 

 

 

(3)

See “Item 1.  Business - Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves Development.”  We believe that the historical loss and LAE experience for this period may not provide the most appropriate illustration of future loss and LAE experience because of disproportionately high adverse development in certain years, particularly 2000 and 2001.  The adverse development in our reserves for losses and LAE for 1999 (17%), 2000 (52%), 2001 (38%) and 2002 (21%) is due to a number of factors.  Our reorganization of our claims department in 2000 resulted in an unanticipated increase in the average cost per closed claim and the number of claims primarily in California and Florida in 2000, 2001 and 2002.  In addition, rate reductions in California between June 1998 and July 1999 and a poorly structured and priced product in Texas that we began offering in the first quarter of 1999 and discontinued in August 2002 also led to unfavorable development in reserves for unpaid losses and LAE.

56



 

(4)

See “Item 1.  Business - Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves Development.”  Because of changes we made in our actuarial department and to our systems and processes starting in 2003, we believe that the historical loss and LAE development experience for this period may provide a more appropriate illustration of potential loss and LAE development variability.  However, the statistical sample is significantly smaller.  In April 2003, with respect to each of the key assumptions underlying our loss and LAE reserve estimates, our actuarial staff started tracking the emergence of loss and LAE data by state, program, coverage group and accident quarter on a daily basis.  We analyze this data using a browser-based reporting tool that compares the actual emergence of losses and LAE relative to the expected emergence over time.  We use detailed mathematical models, which we continuously refine, to reduce the variability of our estimates of loss and LAE reserves.  In August 2003, we deployed an Oracle-based data warehouse, which improves our actuarial staff’s ability to evaluate loss and LAE emergence relative to our expectations regarding loss and LAE reserves for the prior quarter.  Our actuarial staff revises, as appropriate, the assumptions that they use to develop loss and LAE reserve estimates for the current quarter based upon actual loss and LAE emergence relative to our expectations as reflected in the reserve estimate for the prior quarter.

          It is important to note that the potential variability reflected in the sensitivity analysis above depicts our historical experience and is not intended to represent a worst-case scenario. Therefore, it is possible that actual future variation may be more than amounts reflected above.  Further, the potential variability reflected above does not constitute a statistical range of actuarially determined probable outcomes, nor does it constitute a range of all possible outcomes.  The historical analysis reflected above is provided without consideration for any correlation among any of the key assumptions underlying loss and LAE reserve estimates or any correlation among the individual data subsets we evaluate to establish such reserves.  The potential variability reflected above is based solely on our historical loss and LAE reserve development experience over the periods discussed and may not be indicative of actual future variability due to a number of internal and external factors that impact key assumptions underlying loss and LAE reserve estimates with respect to each data subset.  There can be no assurance that changes in these factors and assumptions will not have a material impact on our loss and LAE reserves.  The impact of changes in these factors is difficult to quantify and predict.  Accordingly, our actuarial staff must exercise considerable professional judgment in making their actuarial determinations in light of these factors.  

          Associated Risk Factors.  As noted above under the heading entitled “Item 1A. - Risk Factors - Our losses and loss adjustment expenses may exceed our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which could adversely impact our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows,” our loss and LAE reserves represent our best estimate of the amounts that we will ultimately pay on claims and the related costs of adjusting those claims as of the date of our financial statements.  We rely heavily on our historical loss and LAE experience in determining these reserves.  The historic development of these reserves may not necessarily reflect future trends in the development of these amounts.  In addition, internal and external factors, such as inflation, claims settlement patterns, regulatory activities, legislative activities, and litigation trends, may also affect these reserves.  As a result of these and other risks and uncertainties, ultimate losses and LAE may deviate, perhaps substantially, from our estimates included in the loss and LAE reserves in our financial statements.  If actual losses and LAE exceed our expectations, our net income and our capital would decrease.  Actual paid losses and LAE may be in excess of the reserve estimates reflected in our financial statements. 

          Management does not prepare or use, and we do not provide to investors, any statistically credible sensitivity analysis indicating the potential variability of our loss and LAE reserves based on an evaluation of historical changes in the key assumptions that materially affect our estimate of these reserves.  As we explain above under the headings entitled “Data Subset Analysis” and “Aggregated Company Data Analysis,” we do not prepare or use such analyses primarily because our cost-benefit analysis indicates that the incremental costs required for us to produce such analyses would materially outweigh the benefits that our business (and, as a result, our stockholders) would derive from such analyses.  Accordingly, investors may not have available to them with respect to Bristol West the same tools that other companies provide to do any of the following:

to anticipate reasonably likely changes in the key assumptions that materially affect estimates of reserves for loss and LAE;

 

 

to estimate the risk of adverse or favorable development in such reserves; or

 

 

to estimate changes in results of operation, financial condition or liquidity that are reasonably likely to result from adverse or favorable development in such reserves.

57



          Based on information generally available to the public, we are aware that other insurance companies provide indications of the potential variability of the aggregate loss and LAE reserves for one or more lines of business by disclosing sensitivity analyses based on aggregated data related to each such line of business.  However, we are unable to ascertain from this information the complete analysis supporting the decisions by such companies to perform such sensitivity analyses.  One possible scenario that may explain how such companies are able to perform such sensitivity analyses is that some of these companies are sufficiently large to benefit from economies of scale that we do not currently experience which, as a result, causes their cost-benefit analyses to differ from ours.  These businesses may be sufficiently large that the fixed costs necessary to construct and operate such a stochastic model may not be material.  These companies also may have the ability to utilize a stochastic model across multiple lines of business, thus increasing the potential benefits of building and operating such a model.  Another possible scenario is that some of these companies estimate their loss and LAE reserves based on aggregated data. It would be unnecessary for these companies to use a stochastic model to evaluate data from a single data subset.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of SFAS 115” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value.  If an entity elects the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings.  SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  We are currently evaluating the effect, if any, that this statement will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”(“SFAS 157”).  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application encouraged only in the initial quarter of an entity’s fiscal year.  We are currently evaluating the effect, if any, that this statement will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”).  SAB 108 provides guidance for how errors should be evaluated to assess materiality from a quantitative perspective.  SAB 108 permits companies to initially apply its provisions by either restating prior financial statements or recording the cumulative effect of initially applying the approach as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment to retained earnings.  SAB 108 is effective for the first annual period ending after November 15, 2006.  Adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”).  FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109.  FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure.

          The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 is a two-step process.  The first step is a recognition process whereby the entity determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more likely than not recognition threshold, the entity should presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The second step is a measurement process whereby a tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is calculated to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements.  The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

          The provisions of FIN 48 are effective beginning January 1, 2007, and are to be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption of this standard.  Only tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold at the effective date may be recognized or continue to be recognized upon adoption of FIN 48.  The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 should be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for that fiscal year.  Upon adoption, we estimate the adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings will not be material, as well as any balance sheet reclassifications from taxes currently payable to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

58



          In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” (“SFAS 155”), which amends portions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity,” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”  SFAS 155 provides guidance for accounting for certain securities with embedded derivative instruments and was effective for financial instruments issued or acquired after an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006.  We do not expect that adoption of this statement as of January 1, 2007 will have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

          Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share- Based Payments (revised 2004)”(“SFAS 123R”).  Among its provisions, SFAS 123R requires us to recognize compensation expense for equity awards over the vesting period based on their grant-date fair value.  Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we utilized the intrinsic-value based method of accounting under APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations.  Accordingly, we measured compensation cost for stock options awarded as the excess, if any, of the fair value of our stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee was required to pay to acquire the stock.

          We adopted SFAS 123R in the first quarter of 2006 using the modified prospective method.  This transition method applies to new awards and awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the effective date of SFAS 123R.  We recognized compensation costs of $10,000 after taxes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, based on the grant date fair value of its unvested awards and the remaining requisite service period.  Results for prior periods have not been restated as provided for under the modified prospective approach.  For equity awards granted after the date of adoption, we amortize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term.

          In connection with our adoption of SFAS 123R, we also adopted FASB Staff Position No. 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards” (“FSP 123(R)-3”), which provides a practical transition election related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards to employees. We elected the alternative simplified method provided for within FSP 123(R)-3 for calculating the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies (“APIC pool”) recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123R.

          In November 2005, the FASB released FASB Staff Position Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“FSP 115-1”), which effectively replaces EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.”  FSP 115-1 contains a three-step model for evaluating impairments and carries forward the disclosure requirements in EITF Issue No. 03-1 pertaining to securities in an unrealized loss position is considered impaired; an evaluation is made to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary; and, if an impairment is considered other-than-temporary, a realized loss is recognized to write the security’s cost or amortized cost basis down to fair value.  FSP 115-1 references existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance for determining when an impairment is other-than-temporary and clarifies that, subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment loss for debt securities, an investor shall account for the security using the constant effective yield method.  FSP 115-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, with earlier application permitted.  Adoption of FSP 115-1 upon issuance did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In September 2005, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 05-1, “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts” (“SOP 05-1”).  SOP 05-1 provides guidance to insurance entities that incur deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS No. 97, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments.”  SOP 05-1 defines internal replacements as modifications in product benefits, features, rights, or coverages that occur by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage with a contract.  The accounting treatment for such replacements depends on whether, under the provisions of SOP 05-1, the replacement contract is considered substantially changed from the replaced contract.  A substantial change would be treated as the extinguishment of the replaced contract, and all unamortized deferred acquisition costs, unearned revenue liabilities, and deferred sales inducement assets from the replaced contract would no longer be deferred in connection with the replacement contract.  A replacement contract that is substantially unchanged should be accounted for as a continuation of the original contract.  SOP 05-1 will be effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, with earlier adoption encouraged.  Adoption of SOP 05-1 as of January 1, 2006 did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

59



Effects of Inflation

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations.  Inflation affects interest rates and claim costs.  We also consider the effects of inflation in pricing and in estimating reserves for unpaid claims and claim expenses.  We cannot accurately determine the actual effects of inflation on our results.  In addition to general price inflation, we are exposed to a persisting long-term upward trend in the cost of judicial awards for damages.  We endeavor to take inflation into account in our pricing and in establishing loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

          Not applicable.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

          We believe that we are principally exposed to two types of market risk: interest rate risk and credit risk.

Interest Rate Risk

          Investments.  Our investment portfolio consists primarily of debt securities, all of which are classified as available for sale.  Accordingly, the primary market risk exposure to our debt securities portfolio is interest rate risk, which we strive to limit by managing duration to a defined range of three to four years and laddering or utilizing an even distribution in the maturities of the securities we purchase to achieve our duration target.  Interest rate risk includes the risk from movements in the underlying market rate and in the credit spread of the respective sectors of the debt securities in our portfolio.  The fair value of our fixed maturity portfolio is directly impacted by changes in market interest rates.  As interest rates rise, the market value of our fixed-income portfolio falls, and the converse is also true.  We expect to manage interest rate risk by selecting investments with characteristics such as duration, yield and liquidity tailored to the anticipated cash outflow characteristics of our liabilities.  The effective duration of the portfolio as of December 31, 2006 was 3.30 years.  Should market interest rates increase 1.0%, our fixed income portfolio would be expected to decline in market value by $18.6 million, or 3.4%.  Conversely, a 1.0% decline in interest rates would result in approximately $17.2 million, or 3.2%, appreciation in the market value of our fixed income portfolio.

          Credit Facility.  We also have exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates because we have variable rate debt.  The interest rate we pay increases or decreases with the changes in LIBOR.  Based on our borrowings under the floating rate credit agreement at December 31, 2006, a 10% increase in market interest rates would increase our annual net interest expense by approximately $537,000.  Conversely, a 10% decrease in market interest rates would decrease our annual net interest expense by approximately $537,000.

Credit Risk

          Investments.  Our securities are exposed to credit risk.  We attempt to manage our credit risk through issuer and industry diversification.  We regularly monitor our overall investment results and review compliance with our investment objectives and guidelines.  Our investment guidelines include limitations on the minimum rating of debt securities in our investment portfolio, as well as restrictions on investments in debt securities of a single issuer.  All of the debt securities in our portfolio were rated investment grade by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or the NAIC, and Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2006.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

          Our consolidated financial statements together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm are set forth beginning on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

          Not applicable – there were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

60



Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

          We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information that is required to be disclosed in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.  Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do.  Under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006.  Based upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures provided reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to accomplish their objectives.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

          The report called for by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the Report of Management on Maintaining Adequate Internal Control Over Financial Reporting referred to in “Part II, Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

          The attestation report called for by Item 308(b) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to in “Part II, Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

          Management has evaluated, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2006.  In connection with such evaluation, we have determined that there was no change in internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2006 that has affected materially or is reasonably likely to affect materially, our internal control over financial reporting. 

CEO and CFO Certifications

          Our CEO and CFO have filed with the SEC as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K the certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

          In addition, on June 19, 2006, our CEO certified to the NYSE that he was not aware of any violation by the Company of the NYSE corporate governance listing standards as of that date.  The foregoing certification was unqualified.

Item 9B. Other Information

          Not applicable.

61



PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

          The information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

          The information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

          The information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

          The information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

          The information required by this Item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

62



PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

a)

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 commence on page F-1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules Index:

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I-Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Affiliates

 

 

 

Schedule II-Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

 

 

Schedule III-Supplementary Insurance Information

 

 

 

Schedule IV-Reinsurance

 

 

 

Schedule V-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

 

Schedule VI-Supplementary Information Concerning Property and Casualty Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Financial Statement Schedules commence on page S-1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

See separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

See Item 15(a)(3) and separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

 

 

 

(c)

See item 15(a)(2). 

63



SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey J. Dailey

 

 


 

 

Jeffrey J. Dailey

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

Date:

March 16, 2007

POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT each person whose signature appears below, does hereby appoint Jeffrey J. Dailey, Robert D. Sadler and George G. O’Brien or any one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name for the purpose of executing on his or her behalf, in any and all capacities, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 of Bristol West Holdings, Inc., or any amendment or supplement thereto and other documents related to or in connection therewith, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement or other document to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact, or any one of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary and requisite to be done in connection with the foregoing, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact, or any one of them, or their respective substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date


 


 


/s/ Jeffrey J. Dailey

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 16, 2007


 

 

 

Jeffrey J. Dailey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert D. Sadler

 

Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 16, 2007


 

 

 

Robert D. Sadler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Cary Blair*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard T. Delaney*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allan W. Ditchfield*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James R. Fisher*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Todd A. Fisher*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perry Golkin*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mary R. Hennessy*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eileen Hilton*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James N. Meehan*

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur J. Rothkopf*

 

Director

 

 


*By:

/s/ Robert D. Sadler

 

 


 

 

Robert D. Sadler
Attorney-in-fact
by power of attorney

 

Date:

March 16, 2007

 

64



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Document


 


2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 1, 2007, among the Registrant, Farmers Group, Inc. and BWH Acquisition Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2007)

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 1998, between the Registrant and Bristol West Associates LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.3

 

Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 9, 1998, between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.4

 

Sale Participation Agreement, dated as of July 9, 1998, among KKR Partners II, L.P., KKR 1996 Fund L.P., Bristol West Associates LLC and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.5

 

Equity Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 10, 1998, between Bristol West Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a BRW Acquisition, Inc.), Bristol West Associates LLC, Fisher Capital Corp. LLC, Jeanne Rosner, Jeffrey Rosner, Sylvia Rosner, Wendy Schlesinger, and Donald Simon (exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Employee Stockholder’s Agreement for Senior Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1), as amended by form of Amendment to Employee Stockholder’s Agreement effective as of December 29, 2005, between Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and the stockholder (form of amendment is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Employee Stockholder’s Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1), as amended by form of Amendment to Employee Stockholder’s Agreement effective as of December 29, 2005, between Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and the stockholder (form of amendment is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

4.8

 

Form of Sale Participation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

4.9

 

Employee Stockholder’s Agreement between the Registrant and Simon Noonan dated as of July 25, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004), as amended by Amendment to Employee Stockholder’s Agreement effective as of December 29, 2005, between Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and Simon Noonan (form of amendment is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

65



4.10

 

Employee Stockholder’s Agreement between the Registrant and James J. Sclafani, Jr. dated as of March 20, 2003(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004), as amended by Amendment to Employee Stockholder’s Agreement effective as of December 29, 2005, between Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and James J. Sclafani, Jr. (form of amendment is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

10.1

 

Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006, among the Registrant, the Lenders (ING Capital LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., LaSalle Bank National Association, Regions Bank, General Electric Capital Corporation, and Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., New York Branch), the Administrative Agent (ING Capital LLC), the Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers (ING Capital LLC and JP Morgan Securities, Inc.), and the Documentation agent (LaSalle Bank National Association) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Form of California Brokerage Agreement effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of July 9, 1998, between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1); as amended by an Amendatory Agreement between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC, dated as of December 18, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1); and as further amended by Amendatory Agreement to Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC, dated as of January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1); as further amended by an Amendatory Agreement between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC, dated as of January 1, 2004 (exhibit 10.3 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K); and as further amended by a Termination Agreement between the Registrant and Fisher Capital Corp. LLC, effective as of December 31, 2006  (exhibit 10.3 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of July 10, 1998, between the Registrant and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.  (exhibit 10.4 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

*10.5

 

1998 Stock Option Plan for the Management and Key Employees of the Registrant and Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-111259) on Form S-1)

 

 

 

*10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2006, between James R. Fisher and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.7

 

Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan for the Registrant and Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.8

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Executives with two-year vesting schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Executives with a five-year vesting schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.10

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Directors with a two-year vesting schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.11

 

Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

66



*10.12

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees with two-year vesting schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.13

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees with five-year vesting schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.14

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees with Equity Investment  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.15

 

Executive Officer Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.16

 

Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2006)

 

 

 

10.17

 

Services Agreement by and among BRW Acquisition, Inc. and Firemark Partners, LLC, dated July 24, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2005); as amended by Correction and Amendment of the July 24, 2002 Services Agreement between BRW Acquisition, Inc. and Firemark Partners, LLC, dated November 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2005); and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of October 1, 2006 (exhibit 10.17 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

10.18

 

Voting Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2007, by and among the Registrant, Farmers Group, Inc., BWH Acquisition Company, Bristol West Associates LLC and Aurora Investments II LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2007)

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (exhibit 21.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  (exhibit 23.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (exhibit 24.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification executed by Jeffrey J. Dailey, Chief Executive Officer and President of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) (exhibit 31.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification executed by Robert D. Sadler, Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) (exhibit 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

 

 

 


*

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 

 

Additional Exhibits.

 

 

 

          In accordance with Item 601(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K, Exhibit 32.1 is to be treated as “furnished” rather than “filed” as part of the report.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification executed by Jeffrey J. Dailey, Chief Executive Officer and President of Bristol West Holdings, Inc., and by Robert D. Sadler, Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. (exhibit 32.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)

67



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

 


Report of Management on Maintaining Adequate Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

F-2

Report of Management on Responsibility for Financial Statements

F-3

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets: December 31, 2006 and 2005

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Income: Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity: Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows: Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10

F-1



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON MAINTAINING ADEQUATE INTERNAL CONTROL OVER
FINANCIAL REPORTING

          The management of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of internal audits and appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel and a written Code of Conduct and Business Ethics Policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors that is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of the Company.

          Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

          Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework.  The scope of management’s efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) with respect to fiscal 2006 included all of the Company’s operations.  Based on that assessment, management concludes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.

          The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) appointed the Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and the Company’s stockholders ratified that appointment.  Deloitte & Touche LLP have audited and reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and related notes and financial statement schedules, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  The report of the independent registered public accounting firm is contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ Jeffrey J. Dailey

 


 

Jeffrey J. Dailey,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:  March 16, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert D. Sadler

 


 

Robert D. Sadler,

 

Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer

 

Date:  March 16, 2007

F-2



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

          The management of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and related notes and financial statement schedules (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”) appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America appropriate in the circumstances and, accordingly, include certain amounts based on management’s best judgments and estimates.  Financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Audit Committee Responsibility

          The Audit Committee, composed solely of directors who are independent in accordance with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards, the Exchange Act and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, meets with the independent auditors, management and internal auditors periodically to discuss internal control over financial reporting and auditing and financial reporting matters.  The Audit Committee reviews with the independent auditors the scope and results of the audit effort.  The Audit Committee also meets periodically with the independent auditors and the chief internal auditor without management present to ensure that the independent auditors and the chief internal auditor have free access to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s Report will be contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement issued in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) within 120 days after December 31, 2006 and is incorporated herein by reference.  If we do not file a definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2006, we will file such information with the SEC pursuant to an amendment to this Form 10-K within 120 days after December 31, 2006.

 

/s/ Jeffrey J. Dailey

 


 

Jeffrey J. Dailey,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:  March 16, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert D. Sadler

 


 

Robert D. Sadler,

 

Senior Vice President-Chief Financial Officer

 

Date:  March 16, 2007

 

 

F-3



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Bristol West Holdings, Inc.
Davie, Florida

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15.  We also have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Maintaining Adequate Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules, an opinion on management’s assessment, and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit of financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

          A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

          Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

F-4



          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.  Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 15, 2007

F-5



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

December 31,
2006

 

December 31,
2005

 

 

 



 



 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities available-for-sale (amortized cost $496,813 and $458,175 at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

 

$

493,727

 

$

452,872

 

Equity securities (cost $2,000 at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005)

 

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

 

 



 



 

Total investments

 

 

495,727

 

 

454,872

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

49,293

 

 

32,399

 

Accrued investment income

 

 

5,637

 

 

5,156

 

Premiums and other receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,096 and $6,758 at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

 

 

175,892

 

 

164,033

 

Reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

37,911

 

 

31,517

 

Prepaid reinsurance

 

 

2,730

 

 

21,470

 

Ceding commission receivable

 

 

—  

 

 

8,671

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

47,243

 

 

46,283

 

Property, software and equipment - net

 

 

20,036

 

 

19,145

 

Goodwill

 

 

101,481

 

 

101,546

 

Other assets

 

 

8,609

 

 

8,264

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

944,559

 

$

893,356

 

 

 



 



 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

$

239,177

 

$

221,445

 

Unearned premiums

 

 

189,605

 

 

185,360

 

 

 



 



 

Total policy liabilities

 

 

428,782

 

 

406,805

 

Reinsurance payables

 

 

3,265

 

 

30,590

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities

 

 

45,858

 

 

41,862

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

9,903

 

 

7,219

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

 

100,000

 

 

69,925

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

 

587,808

 

 

556,401

 

 

 



 



 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (15,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value (200,000,000 shares authorized; 33,269,364 and 32,819,209 shares issued at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

 

 

332

 

 

328

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

235,086

 

 

235,308

 

Retained earnings

 

 

178,270

 

 

144,609

 

Deferred compensation on restricted stock

 

 

—  

 

 

(5,763

)

Treasury stock at cost (3,768,670 and 2,551,649 shares held at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively)

 

 

(54,937

)

 

(34,078

)

Stock subscription receivable

 

 

(27

)

 

(59

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(1,973

)

 

(3,390

)

 

 



 



 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

356,751

 

 

336,955

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

944,559

 

$

893,356

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earned premium

 

$

581,062

 

$

595,072

 

$

325,321

 

Net investment income

 

 

21,464

 

 

17,188

 

 

9,018

 

Realized gain (loss) on investments, net

 

 

73

 

 

(106

)

 

1

 

Policy service fee revenue

 

 

54,665

 

 

62,538

 

 

74,052

 

Other income

 

 

3,815

 

 

2,857

 

 

2,509

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

 

661,079

 

 

677,549

 

 

410,901

 

 

 



 



 



 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred

 

 

394,074

 

 

394,606

 

 

219,358

 

Commissions and other underwriting expenses

 

 

152,825

 

 

154,040

 

 

58,428

 

Other operating and general expenses

 

 

42,908

 

 

40,297

 

 

32,613

 

Interest expense

 

 

5,729

 

 

4,229

 

 

2,990

 

Extinguishment of debt

 

 

1,311

 

 

—  

 

 

1,613

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

596,847

 

 

593,172

 

 

315,002

 

 

 



 



 



 

Income before income taxes

 

 

64,232

 

 

84,377

 

 

95,899

 

Income taxes

 

 

22,096

 

 

29,675

 

 

34,762

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income per common share - basic

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.78

 

$

1.99

 

Net income per common share - diluted

 

$

1.37

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.89

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.15

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

328

 

$

325

 

$

245

 

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering (6,250,000 shares - 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

63

 

Exercise of options and warrants, including tax benefit (137,850 shares - 2006, 61,328 shares - 2005, 1,447,986 shares - 2004)

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

14

 

Shares issued for services (12,719 shares - 2006, 17,143 shares - 2005, 37,800 shares - 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Issuance of restricted common stock (299,119 shares - 2006, 186,109 shares - 2005, 312,157 shares - 2004)

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

Shares issued in payment of dividend (467 shares - 2006, 191 shares - 2005, 9 shares - 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

332

 

 

328

 

 

325

 

 

 



 



 



 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

235,308

 

 

231,281

 

 

97,810

 

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering (6,250,000 shares -- 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

113,342

 

Exercise of options and warrants, including tax benefit (137,850 shares - 2006, 61,328 shares - 2005, 1,447,986 shares - 2004)

 

 

1,268

 

 

549

 

 

13,681

 

Shares issued for services (12,719 shares - 2006, 17,143 shares - 2005, 37,800 shares - 2004)

 

 

257

 

 

335

 

 

685

 

Issuance of restricted common stock (299,119 shares - 2006, 186,109 shares - 2005, 312,157 shares - 2004)

 

 

(3

)

 

3,140

 

 

5,763

 

Shares issued in payment of dividend (467 shares - 2006, 191 shares - 2005, 9 shares - 2004)

 

 

7

 

 

3

 

 

—  

 

Restricted stock forfeited (76,166 shares - 2006)

 

 

1,372

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Amortization of deferred compensation on restricted stock

 

 

2,673

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Tax deficiency on vesting of restricted stock

 

 

(33

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Reclassification resulting from adoption of accounting principle (SFAS No. 123R)

 

 

(5,763

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

235,086

 

 

235,308

 

 

231,281

 

 

 



 



 



 

Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

144,609

 

 

97,885

 

 

41,504

 

Net income

 

 

42,136

 

 

54,702

 

 

61,137

 

Dividend to common shareholders ($0.29 per share - 2006, $0.26 per share - 2005, $0.15 per share - 2004)

 

 

(8,475

)

 

(7,978

)

 

(4,756

)

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

178,270

 

 

144,609

 

 

97,885

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred Compensation on Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

(5,763

)

 

(4,723

)

 

—  

 

Issuance of restricted common stock (186,109 shares -- 2005, 312,157 shares -- 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

(3,142

)

 

(5,766

)

Amortization of deferred compensation on restricted stock

 

 

—  

 

 

2,014

 

 

710

 

Restricted stock forfeited (4,927 shares -- 2005, 18,098 shares -- 2004)

 

 

—  

 

 

88

 

 

333

 

Reclassification resulting from adoption of accounting principle (SFAS No. 123R)

 

 

5,763

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

—  

 

 

(5,763

)

 

(4,723

)

 

 



 



 



 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

(34,078

)

 

(2,965

)

 

(2,563

)

Acquisition of treasury stock (1,140,855 shares - 2006, 1,863,686 shares - 2005, 2,608 shares - 2004)

 

 

(19,487

)

 

(31,025

)

 

(69

)

Restricted stock forfeited (76,166 shares - 2006, 4,927 shares - 2005, 18,098 shares - 2004)

 

 

(1,372

)

 

(88

)

 

(333

)

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

(54,937

)

 

(34,078

)

 

(2,965

)

 

 



 



 



 

Stock Subscription Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

(59

)

 

(120

)

 

(393

)

Payment of stock subscriptions receivable

 

 

32

 

 

61

 

 

273

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

(27

)

 

(59

)

 

(120

)

 

 



 



 



 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

 

(3,390

)

 

640

 

 

2,132

 

Unrealized holdings gains (losses) arising during the period

 

 

1,377

 

 

(3,881

)

 

(1,266

)

Reclassification adjustment

 

 

40

 

 

(149

)

 

(226

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

 

 

1,417

 

 

(4,030

)

 

(1,492

)

 

 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

 

(1,973

)

 

(3,390

)

 

640

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

356,751

 

$

336,955

 

$

322,323

 

 

 



 



 



 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

 

 

1,417

 

 

(4,030

)

 

(1,492

)

 

 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income

 

$

43,553

 

$

50,672

 

$

59,645

 

 

 



 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
(in thousands)

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of fixed maturity investments

 

 

4,157

 

 

4,117

 

 

2,252

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

7,526

 

 

7,013

 

 

6,409

 

Realized loss on disposal of property, software and equipment

 

 

219

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Realized investment (gain) loss

 

 

(73

)

 

106

 

 

(1

)

Deferred federal income taxes

 

 

1,919

 

 

272

 

 

4,657

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

2,898

 

 

2,168

 

 

1,255

 

Extinguishment of debt

 

 

1,311

 

 

—  

 

 

1,613

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued investment income

 

 

(481

)

 

(2,198

)

 

(1,331

)

Premiums and other receivables

 

 

(11,859

)

 

16,256

 

 

(38,060

)

Reinsurance receivables

 

 

2,277

 

 

253,230

 

 

(53,419

)

Prepaid reinsurance

 

 

18,740

 

 

87,131

 

 

(13,564

)

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

(960

)

 

(15,255

)

 

(8,605

)

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

17,732

 

 

(881

)

 

20,030

 

Unearned premiums

 

 

4,245

 

 

(29,071

)

 

57,253

 

Reinsurance payables

 

 

(27,325

)

 

(135,923

)

 

6,915

 

Other assets and liabilities

 

 

(4,915

)

 

10,938

 

 

(8,810

)

Tax benefit on exercise of stock options

 

 

—  

 

 

304

 

 

8,147

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

57,547

 

 

252,909

 

 

45,878

 

 

 



 



 



 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of fixed maturity investments - available-for-sale

 

 

(117,253

)

 

(207,764

)

 

(203,431

)

Sales and maturities of fixed maturity investments - available-for-sale

 

 

82,564

 

 

25,934

 

 

57,042

 

Purchase of equity securities

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(400

)

Sales of equity securities

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

182

 

Acquisition of property, software and equipment

 

 

(8,694

)

 

(8,031

)

 

(10,973

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(43,383

)

 

(189,861

)

 

(157,580

)

 

 



 



 



 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from initial public offering of stock

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

113,405

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

105

 

 

171

 

 

5,548

 

Tax benefit on exercise of stock options

 

 

740

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

(19,048

)

 

(30,951

)

 

(69

)

Principal repayment at time of debt extinguishment

 

 

(67,975

)

 

—  

 

 

(71,500

)

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

 

(1,950

)

 

(3,463

)

 

(1,612

)

Proceeds from acquisition of long-term bank debt

 

 

100,000

 

 

—  

 

 

75,000

 

Payment of fees and expenses related to acquisition of long-term debt

 

 

(706

)

 

—  

 

 

(2,325

)

Payment of dividends to stockholders

 

 

(8,468

)

 

(7,975

)

 

(4,714

)

Other

 

 

32

 

 

61

 

 

221

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,730

 

 

(42,157

)

 

113,954

 

 

 



 



 



 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

16,894

 

 

20,891

 

 

2,252

 

Cash and cash equivalents, January 1

 

 

32,399

 

 

11,508

 

 

9,256

 

 

 



 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents, December 31

 

$

49,293

 

$

32,399

 

$

11,508

 

 

 



 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1.  Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

          Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a property and casualty insurer writing and distributing private passenger automobile insurance.  Given the homogeneity of the product, the regulatory environments in which it operates, the type of customer and the method of distribution, the operations of the Company are one segment.  As of December 31, 2006, the Company is licensed in 38 states and the District of Columbia.  The Company consists of a holding company, five statutory insurance companies (Bristol West Casualty Insurance Company, Bristol West Insurance Company, Security National Insurance Company, Coast National Insurance Company, and Bristol West Preferred Insurance Company), agencies and claims servicing companies.  Bristol West Preferred Insurance Company was incorporated on September 7, 2006.  This new company was capitalized with $10,000 and is domiciled in the state of Michigan.

          On February 12, 2004, an initial public offering of 17,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (after effect of a 130.38-for-one stock split (see below)) was completed.  The Company sold 6,250,000 shares resulting in net proceeds to the Company (after deducting issuance costs) of $113,405.  The Company contributed $110,000 of the proceeds to its insurance subsidiaries, which increased their statutory surplus.  The additional capital permitted the Company to reduce its reinsurance purchases and to retain more gross written premium after December 31, 2004.  The Company used the remaining $3,405 for general corporate purposes at the holding company level.

          Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which differ materially from the statutory accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities.  The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Significant estimates applicable to the consolidated financial statements include the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs, contingencies and reinsurance recoverables.  Although some variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts presented are appropriate.  All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

          Stock Split - On February 12, 2004, the Company declared a 130.38-for-one split of its outstanding common stock.  All references to number of shares, per share amounts and stock options data have been restated to reflect the stock split.  There are 200,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

          Cash Flow - For the purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flow, the Company considers demand deposits to be cash.  The Company paid $5,411, $3,801, and $2,864 for interest for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The Company paid income taxes of $32,029, $17,875, and $18,077 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

          Cash and cash equivalents - All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents.

          Property, Software and Equipment - Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the declining balance method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term. 

          Internal use software costs have been accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Under SOP 98-1, computer software costs, whether purchased or developed, related to internal use software costs that are incurred in the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred.  Once the capitalization criteria of SOP 98-1 have been met, external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software are capitalized.  The Company capitalized approximately $4,828, $3,202, and $5,868 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  Amortization of internal use software costs is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally three to seven years.

F-10



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          Investments - Fixed maturity investments which may be sold in response to, among other things, changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, income tax strategies or liquidity needs, are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at market value.  Preferred stocks are also carried at market value.  Fluctuations in the market value of these available-for-sale securities are recorded as unrealized investment gains or losses and credited or charged to stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss).  Market values are generally based on quoted market prices.  Realized investment gains and losses are recorded on the specific identification method.

          For fixed maturities subject to prepayment risk, yields are recalculated and adjusted periodically to reflect historical and/or estimated future principal repayments.  These adjustments are accounted for using the retrospective method.  Prepayment fees on fixed maturities are recorded in net investment income when earned.

          The value of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for impairments in values deemed to be other than temporary.  The Company considers a number of factors in the evaluation of whether a decline in value is other than temporary including:  (a) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; (b) the Company’s ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; and (c) the period and degree to which the market value has been below cost.  These adjustments are recorded as realized investment losses.  All security transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.

          Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs - Costs that vary with, and are directly related to, the production of new and renewal business are deferred and amortized as the related premiums are earned.  These costs primarily comprise commissions, premium taxes, investigatory reports and salaries.  Deferred acquisition costs are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from unearned premiums, and if not, are charged to expense.  Anticipated investment income is considered in the determination of the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs.  For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, no amounts of deferred acquisition costs were charged to expense as a result of the recoverability testing.

          Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired.  Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment annually as of December 31 or whenever changes in conditions indicate carrying value may not be recoverable.  Impairment exists when the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets exceeds their fair value.  The results of the Company’s annual testing indicated no impairment.

           Goodwill decreased $65 due to the utilization of pre-acquisition net operating losses during each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

          The Company had intangible assets with indefinite lives related to state insurance licenses of $2,944 included in other assets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

          Revenue Recognition - Premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Direct and assumed premiums are reduced for reinsurance premiums ceded to other insurers.  Non-refundable policy fees collected at the inception of the policy are deferred and recognized as income over the related policy period.  Installment fees and other service fees are recognized as income when earned, which is the month the installment fee is due.

          Policy Liabilities - Loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities are established in consideration of individual cases for reported losses and past experience for incurred but not yet reported losses.  Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are estimated using statistical analyses which consider trends in claim severity, claim frequency, inflation, historical claims, settlement patterns, legislative activity and other factors.  The liability for unearned premium represents the unexpired portion of each policy premium with consideration for expected cancellations.

F-11



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          Reinsurance - The Company has entered into reinsurance agreements with other insurance companies in the normal course of business (see Note 6).  Reinsurance premiums, commissions, and loss and loss adjustment expense reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies, and the terms of the reinsurance contracts.  Written premiums, earned premiums and incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, commissions and other underwriting expenses all reflect the net effects of assumed and ceded reinsurance transactions.  Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent amounts paid to reinsurers applicable to the unexpired terms of the policies in force.  Estimated reinsurance recoverables are recognized in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policies.  The Company remains liable to the insured for the payment of losses and loss adjustment expense if the reinsurer cannot meet its obligation under the reinsurance agreement.  Reinsurance assumed represents a policy issuing arrangement with a Texas county mutual where the Company acts as a reinsurer.  All such premiums are processed by the Company and recognized in the same manner as direct written premium.

          Federal Income Tax - The Company recognizes taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred taxes for the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.

          Deferred Financing Costs - The costs incurred to obtain financing under the various financing agreements have been capitalized and are amortized to interest expense over the lives of the agreements, using the effective interest method.

          Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 107, “Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, requires the Company to disclose the estimated fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, recognized and not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for which it is practical to estimate fair value.  The fair value estimates are based on information available to the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

          Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements – In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of SFAS 115” (“SFAS 159”).  SFAS 159 allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value.  If an entity elects the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings.  SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that this statement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

          In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”).  This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application encouraged only in the initial quarter of an entity’s fiscal year.  The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that this statement will have on its consolidated financial statements.

          In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”).  SAB 108 provides guidance for how errors should be evaluated to assess materiality from a quantitative perspective.  SAB 108 permits companies to initially apply its provisions by either restating prior financial statements or recording the cumulative effect of initially applying the approach as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment to retained earnings.  SAB 108 is effective for the first annual period ending after November 15, 2006.  Adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

          In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”).  FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109.  FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure.

F-12



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 is a two-step process.  The first step is a recognition process whereby the entity determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more likely than not recognition threshold, the entity should presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The second step is a measurement process whereby a tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is calculated to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements.  The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

          The provisions of FIN 48 are effective beginning January 1, 2007, and are to be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption of this standard.  Only tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold at the effective date may be recognized or continue to be recognized upon adoption of FIN 48.  The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 should be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for that fiscal year.  Upon adoption, the Company estimates the adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings will not be material, as well as any balance sheet reclassifications from taxes currently payable to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

          In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” (“SFAS 155”), which amends portions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity,” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”  SFAS 155 provides guidance for accounting for certain securities with embedded derivative instruments and was effective for financial instruments issued or acquired after an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006.  The Company does not expect that adoption of this statement as of January 1, 2007 will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

          Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB SFAS No. 123, “Share-Based Payments (revised 2004)” (“SFAS 123R”) (see Note 10).  Among its provisions, SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to recognize compensation expense for equity awards over the vesting period based on their grant-date fair value.  Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company utilized the intrinsic-value based method of accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and related interpretations.  Accordingly, the Company measured compensation cost for stock options awarded as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company’s stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee was required to pay to acquire the stock.

          In connection with the Company’s adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company also adopted FASB Staff Position No. 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards” (“FSP 123(R)-3”), which provides a practical transition election related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards to employees.  The Company elected the alternative simplified method provided for within FSP 123(R)-3 for calculating the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies (“APIC pool”) recognized subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123R.

          In November 2005, the FASB released FASB Staff Position Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“FSP 115-1”), which effectively replaces EITF Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”.  FSP 115-1 contains a three-step model for evaluating impairments and carries forward the disclosure requirements in EITF Issue No. 03-1 pertaining to securities in an unrealized loss position is considered impaired; an evaluation is made to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary; and, if an impairment is considered other-than-temporary, a realized loss is recognized to write the security’s cost or amortized cost basis down to fair value.  FSP 115-1 references existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance for determining when an impairment is other-than-temporary and clarifies that subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment loss for debt securities, an investor shall account for the security using the constant effective yield method.  FSP 115-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005, with earlier application permitted.  Adoption of FSP 115-1 upon issuance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-13



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          In September 2005, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 05-1, “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts” (“SOP 05-1”).  SOP 05-1 provides guidance to insurance entities that incur deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments.”  SOP 05-1 defines internal replacements as modifications in product benefits, features, rights, or coverages that occur by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage with a contract.  The accounting treatment for such replacements depends on whether, under the provisions of SOP 05-1, the replacement contract is considered substantially changed from the replaced contract.  A substantial change would be treated as the extinguishment of the replaced contract, and all unamortized deferred acquisition costs, unearned revenue liabilities, and deferred sales inducement assets from the replaced contract would no longer be deferred in connection with the replacement contract.  A replacement contract that is substantially unchanged should be accounted for as a continuation of the original contract.  SOP 05-1 will be effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, with earlier adoption encouraged.  Adoption of SOP 05-1 as of January 1, 2006 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

          Concentration of Risk - One independent insurance producer generated approximately 6.5%, 7.2%, and 9.8% of the Company’s written premium for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

2.  Investments

          All of the Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale.

          The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities by class as of December 31, 2006 are shown below:

Available-for-Sale

 

Amortized Cost

 

Unrealized Gains

 

Unrealized Losses

 

Estimated Fair Value

 


 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

2,761

 

$

1

 

$

1

 

$

2,761

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120,432

 

 

792

 

 

976

 

 

120,248

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

222,236

 

 

676

 

 

2,295

 

 

220,617

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,089

 

 

2

 

 

220

 

 

11,871

 

Corporate and other

 

 

139,295

 

 

384

 

 

1,449

 

 

138,230

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

496,813

 

 

1,855

 

 

4,941

 

 

493,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

2,000

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2,000

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

498,813

 

$

1,855

 

$

4,941

 

$

495,727

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          Gross realized gains of $182 and gross realized losses of $109 for the year ended December 31, 2006 were included in net realized gain on investments.

          As of December 31, 2006, the Company owned securities having an aggregate fair value of $349,449 where the market value of the security was less than its amortized cost.  The following table displays the extent and duration of the declines in market value relative to cost for securities in the Company’s portfolio.

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Greater

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

Description of Securities

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

2,333

 

$

1

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

2,333

 

$

1

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

21,740

 

 

106

 

 

42,194

 

 

870

 

 

63,934

 

 

976

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

28,888

 

 

70

 

 

141,499

 

 

2,225

 

 

170,387

 

 

2,295

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

2,122

 

 

14

 

 

9,665

 

 

206

 

 

11,787

 

 

220

 

Corporate and other

 

 

16,225

 

 

161

 

 

84,783

 

 

1,288

 

 

101,008

 

 

1,449

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

71,308

 

$

352

 

$

278,141

 

$

4,589

 

$

349,449

 

$

4,941

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

F-14



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          On a quarterly basis, the Company examines its investment portfolio for evidence of impairment.  The assessment of whether impairment has occurred is based on the Company’s evaluation, on an individual security basis, of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value, which are discussed with the Company’s investment advisor.  Together, the Company and its investment advisor determine the extent to which such changes are attributable to interest rates, market-related factors other than interest rates, as well as financial condition, business prospects and other fundamental factors specific to the issuer.  The Company reviews declines attributable to issuer fundamentals in further detail.  If the Company were to determine that one or more of its securities had suffered a decline in fair value that is other than temporary, the Company would reduce the carrying value of the security to its current fair value as required by GAAP.

          Based upon the Company’s analysis, the Company believes that it will recover all contractual principal and interest payments related to those securities that currently reflect unrealized losses.  The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until they mature or recover in value.  In the last three years, the Company has not incurred any impairment charges.

          The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities by class as of December 31, 2005 are shown below:

Available-for-Sale

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 


 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

3,332

 

$

—  

 

$

28

 

$

3,304

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

73,130

 

 

92

 

 

1,348

 

 

71,874

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

211,189

 

 

649

 

 

2,344

 

 

209,494

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,979

 

 

6

 

 

216

 

 

12,769

 

Corporate and other

 

 

157,545

 

 

356

 

 

2,470

 

 

155,431

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

458,175

 

 

1,103

 

 

6,406

 

 

452,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

2,000

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2,000

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

460,175

 

$

1,103

 

$

6,406

 

$

454,872

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          Gross realized gains of $26 and gross realized losses of $132 for the year ended December 31, 2005 were included in net realized loss on investments.

          As of December 31, 2005, the Company owned securities having an aggregate fair value of $365,695 where the market value of the security was less than its amortized cost.  The following table displays the extent and duration of the declines in market value relative to cost for the Company’s securities portfolio.

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Greater

 

Total

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Description of Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

3,304

 

$

28

 

$

3,304

 

$

28

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

31,862

 

 

553

 

 

25,206

 

 

795

 

 

57,068

 

 

1,348

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

 

120,824

 

 

1,345

 

 

40,786

 

 

999

 

 

161,610

 

 

2,344

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

9,868

 

 

216

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

9,868

 

 

216

 

Corporate and other

 

 

90,940

 

 

1,317

 

 

42,905

 

 

1,153

 

 

133,845

 

 

2,470

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

253,494

 

$

3,431

 

$

112,201

 

$

2,975

 

$

365,695

 

$

6,406

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          As of December 31, 2005, the Company did not believe it owned any securities that had suffered a decline in market value that was other-than-temporary.  Therefore, it had not recorded a realized loss for any of the securities in its portfolio at that time.

F-15



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          The amortized cost and estimated market value of fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Actual repayments will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Maturity

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 


 



 



 

Due in one year or less

 

$

32,944

 

$

32,586

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

155,808

 

 

153,862

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

120,571

 

 

120,101

 

Due after ten years

 

 

54,969

 

 

55,059

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120,432

 

 

120,248

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,089

 

 

11,871

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

496,813

 

$

493,727

 

 

 



 



 

          The components of net investment income were as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Investment income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

22,173

 

$

17,903

 

$

9,441

 

Dividend income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

 

 



 



 



 

Investment income

 

 

22,173

 

 

17,903

 

 

9,453

 

Investment expenses

 

 

(709

)

 

(715

)

 

(435

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net investment income

 

$

21,464

 

$

17,188

 

$

9,018

 

 

 



 



 



 

          As required by regulation, securities of Security National Insurance Company, Coast National Insurance Company, Bristol West Insurance Company, Bristol West Casualty Insurance Company, and Bristol West Preferred Insurance Company with carrying values of $12,320 and $11,869 were on deposit with state regulatory authorities as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

3.  Debt

          The Company entered into a secured credit facility (“Bank Agreement”) in February 2004, consisting of:  (1) a $50,000 Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which included up to $15,000 of letters of credit maturing in 2009, (2) a $35,000 Term A Loan, maturing in 2010 and (3) a $40,000 Term B Loan, maturing in 2011.  The Company’s interest rate on borrowings under this bank agreement (“Bank Agreement”) was London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin (1% to 2.25%), based on the Company’s consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization ratio as defined in the Bank Agreement.  The Company also paid certain commitment fees.  The Bank Agreement was secured by a pledge of stock of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries.

          On July 31, 2006, the Company completed a refinancing of the credit facility represented by the Bank Agreement and increased the amount of the term loan facility.  The new secured credit facility (“Credit Facility”) consists of: (1) a $100,000 term loan and (2) a $25,000 revolving credit facility, which includes up to $15,000 of letters of credit.  The Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time and is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2011.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based either upon (1) LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.750% to 1.750% based on the then existing ratio of the Company’s consolidated total debt to its consolidated total capitalization, as defined in the Credit Facility, or (2) the greater of (a) the applicable prime rate and (b) the Federal funds rate for Federal Reserve System overnight borrowing transactions plus 0.5%, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.000% to 0.50% based on the then existing ratio of the Company’s consolidated total debt to its consolidated total capitalization.  The Company also pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.  The Credit Facility is secured by guarantees by, and a pledge of stock of, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries.  The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain financial loan covenants.  As of, and for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

F-16



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          The amount of debt outstanding at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 was $100,000 and $69,925, respectively.  The Company had no borrowings on the revolving credit line at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.            

          On July 31, 2006, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of the Credit Facility, the Company terminated the Bank Agreement and paid the principal and all accrued interest and fees.  The Company incurred no early termination penalties in connection with the termination of the Bank Agreement.  In connection with the prepayment of the refinanced debt, the Company incurred a non-recurring non-cash pre-tax charge of $1,311 during the year ended December 31, 2006 related to the write-off of the unamortized portion of the deferred financing costs.

4.  Profit Sharing Retirement Plan

          The Bristol West Retirement Plan (“the 401(k) Plan”) is a defined contribution plan for employees of the Company.  The 401(k) Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          To be eligible, employees of the Company must have at least 30 days of service and be at least 18 years old. Participants may contribute from 1% to 20% of their earnings, subject to certain limitations in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Participants are permitted to make cash rollover contributions or direct transfers to the 401(k) Plan from other qualified plans in which they participated.  Employees who have at least one year of service in which they are credited with 1,000 or more hours of service will be eligible for the Company matching contribution.  The Company match on contributions is 60% of the employees’ before-tax contributions to a maximum of 5% of pay.  Company contributions of $1,107, $1,037, and $882 were made during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  In addition, the Company may make a profit sharing contribution each year, at its discretion, to participants.  The Company did not make profit sharing contributions during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

5.  Unpaid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves

          An analysis of the Company’s net loss and loss adjustment expense (“LAE”) reserves is summarized in the following table:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance as of beginning of year

 

$

221,445

 

$

222,326

 

$

202,296

 

Less:  Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

24,042

 

 

116,906

 

 

113,286

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net balance as of beginning of year

 

 

197,403

 

 

105,420

 

 

89,010

 

 

 



 



 



 

Incurred related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

 

388,781

 

 

394,597

 

 

216,845

 

Prior periods

 

 

5,293

 

 

9

 

 

2,513

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total incurred

 

 

394,074

 

 

394,606

 

 

219,358

 

 

 



 



 



 

Paid related to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

 

247,744

 

 

259,887

 

 

135,508

 

Prior periods

 

 

139,079

 

 

42,736

 

 

67,440

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total paid

 

 

386,823

 

 

302,623

 

 

202,948

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

204,654

 

 

197,403

 

 

105,420

 

Plus:  Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

34,523

 

 

24,042

 

 

116,906

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance as of December 31

 

$

239,177

 

$

221,445

 

$

222,326

 

 

 



 



 



 

F-17



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          Loss and LAE reserve estimates are based on forecasts of the ultimate settlement of claims and are subject to uncertainty with respect to future events.  Reserve amounts are based on management’s informed estimates and judgments, using data currently available.  Reserve amounts and the underlying actuarial factors and assumptions are regularly analyzed and adjusted to reflect new information.  Such reevaluation is a normal, recurring activity that is inherent in the process of loss and LAE reserve estimation and therefore, no assurances can be given that loss and LAE reserve development will not occur in the future.  The Company’s loss and LAE reserving methodology is periodically adjusted for changes caused by growth, impacts from expansion into new states, changes in product mix, underwriting standards and rules, loss costs trends, as well as other factors.  In addition, the Company continues to enhance its systems and refine its reserving methodology.  As a result of changes in estimates of insured events from prior years, the provision for losses and LAE was increased by $5,293, $9, and $2,513 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

          In calendar years 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company experienced adverse development on loss and LAE reserves for years prior to each of those calendar years.  During the year ended December 31, 2006, the increase for prior accident years was driven by a variety of factors, including higher than expected claim severity (dollars of loss per claim) in Michigan Personal Injury Protection claims, greater than expected litigation costs in Florida, and higher than expected claim severity in California, which includes a California extra-contractual claim verdict of $430.

6.  Reinsurance

          In the normal course of business, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries have entered into reinsurance agreements with other companies to limit losses, generally through excess-of-loss and quota-share reinsurance agreements.  Reinsurance does not discharge the primary liability of the original insurer.

          During 2002, the insurance subsidiaries of the Company entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement (“2002-2004 Quota Share”) led by National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA (“National Union”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (AIG), with a 50% participation, followed by Alea London Limited (“Alea”) and Federal Insurance Company with 40% and 10% participations, respectively.  The transaction with Alea was a related party transaction (see Note 8).  Effective January 1, 2005, the Company terminated and commuted this quota share reinsurance agreement.  This termination and commutation released the reinsurers from all future liability and resulted in settlement of the contract’s experience account balance of $196,648, which the Company received on January 21, 2005.  The termination and commutation had no impact upon reported net income in 2005 as the experience account balance was equal to the liability released.  The termination and commutation resulted in significant increases (decreases) in certain balance sheet accounts in 2005, as follows:

Cash

 

$

196,648

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

(147,683

)

Prepaid reinsurance

 

 

(106,310

)

Ceding commission receivable

 

 

(138,197

)

Reinsurance payables

 

 

(164,824

)

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

30,609

 

F-18



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          The Company entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement effective January 1, 2005 with National Union.  The Company elected a 10% cession for 2005.  For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company ceded $42,506 of its earned premium to National Union with a net pre-tax cost, excluding lost investment income, to the Company of $1,275.  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company terminated and commuted this quota share reinsurance agreement on a cut-off basis.  The termination and commutation of this quota share reinsurance agreement had no impact upon reported net income.  The termination and commutation resulted in the reinsurer’s release from all future liability in return for settlement of all balances due the Company, including commission and profit commission receivable, ceded loss reserves, ceded unearned premiums less any payables due the reinsurer.  The Company received the net amount due from the reinsurer of $11.0 million on January 31, 2006.  The termination and commutation resulted in the following increases/(decreases) in certain balance sheet accounts in 2006, as follows:

Cash

 

$

11,004

 

Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE

 

 

(16,429

)

Prepaid reinsurance

 

 

(18,287

)

Ceding commission receivable

 

 

(8,928

)

Reinsurance payables

 

 

(28,067

)

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

4,573

 

          Effective March 18, 2004, the Company elected to terminate and commute its aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreement covering the 2001 through 2003 underwriting years. This resulted in the reinsurer being released from all future liability in return for settlement of the contract’s experience account balance of $10.6 million, which was received on March 18, 2004. The termination and commutation had no impact upon reported net income in 2004, as the experience account balance was equal to the liability released. Inter-Ocean Reinsurance (Ireland) Limited provided the reinsurance under this agreement, and they collateralized their obligations to the Company with a letter of credit.  American Re-Insurance Company was the retrocessionaire.

          In addition, the Company ceded premium to the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (“MCCA”), a mandatory facility in that state.  Earned premium ceded to the MCCA was $9,635, $9,366, and $6,197 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, recoverables for reinsurance ceded to the Company’s reinsurers were an aggregate of $37,911, $31,517, and $155,326, respectively.

          The table below illustrates the effect of reinsurance on premiums written and premiums earned for the years ended December 31:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Direct

 

$

563,967

 

$

564,639

 

$

595,455

 

$

625,444

 

$

734,909

 

$

681,554

 

Assumed

 

 

30,997

 

 

26,080

 

 

22,418

 

 

21,500

 

 

17,950

 

 

14,051

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross

 

 

594,964

 

 

590,719

 

 

617,873

 

 

646,944

 

 

752,859

 

 

695,605

 

Ceded

 

 

9,082

 

 

(9,657

)

 

35,258

 

 

(51,872

)

 

(383,848

)

 

(370,284

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net

 

$

604,046

 

$

581,062

 

$

653,131

 

$

595,072

 

$

369,011

 

$

325,321

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Incurred losses and LAE recovered from reinsurers totaled $26,295, $37,185, and $243,249 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          The value of assets pledged as collateral under assumed reinsurance agreements was $9,155 and $8,794 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

          All of the material reinsurance agreements to which the Company has been a party have been terminated and commuted, and the reinsurers have been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.

F-19



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

7.  Income Taxes

          The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return.

          The components of the provision for income taxes on income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Taxes on income before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

20,177

 

$

29,403

 

$

30,105

 

Deferred

 

 

1,919

 

 

272

 

 

4,657

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

$

22,096

 

$

29,675

 

$

34,762

 

 

 



 



 



 

          As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $2,662 in net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards that are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and, therefore, are limited on an annual basis.  These NOLs  expire in 2019.  A valuation allowance has been established for the NOLs that reduces the deferred tax asset to an amount that management expects will, more likely than not, be realized based on the Company’s current and expected future taxable income and available tax-planning strategies.

          The tax effects of the temporary differences comprising the Company’s net deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss reserve discounting

 

$

2,596

 

$

3,187

 

$

1,513

 

Unearned premium reserves

 

 

16,544

 

 

14,725

 

 

9,907

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

 

932

 

 

997

 

 

1,063

 

Accrued expense

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

154

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

1,040

 

 

1,087

 

 

1,549

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

3,044

 

 

2,225

 

 

1,488

 

Unrealized loss

 

 

1,079

 

 

1,907

 

 

—  

 

Other

 

 

498

 

 

354

 

 

645

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

25,733

 

 

24,482

 

 

16,319

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(932

)

 

(997

)

 

(1,063

)

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

 

 

24,801

 

 

23,485

 

 

15,256

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

 

16,535

 

 

16,199

 

 

10,860

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

8,096

 

 

6,966

 

 

6,529

 

Unrealized income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

350

 

Depreciation

 

 

3,322

 

 

1,888

 

 

2,795

 

Deferred policy fees and other underwriting expenses

 

 

5,961

 

 

5,010

 

 

4,001

 

Prepaid Expenses

 

 

790

 

 

641

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

34,704

 

 

30,704

 

 

24,535

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net deferred income taxes

 

$

(9,903

)

$

(7,219

)

$

(9,279

)

 

 



 



 



 

          The change in the Company’s valuation allowance from 2004 to 2005, and from 2005 to 2006, was due to the utilization of the NOLs.  The tax benefit associated with the utilization of the NOLs was recorded as a reduction in goodwill.

F-20



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

          A reconciliation of expected income taxes at regular corporate rates to actual rates is shown below:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Expected income tax expense

 

$

22,481

 

$

29,532

 

$

33,565

 

Dividends received deduction

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

Tax-exempt interest

 

 

(2,164

)

 

(1,882

)

 

(914

)

State taxes

 

 

1,413

 

 

1,369

 

 

2,190

 

Other

 

 

366

 

 

656

 

 

(76

)

 

 



 



 



 

Actual income tax expense

 

$

22,096

 

$

29,675

 

$

34,762

 

 

 



 



 



 

8.  Related Party Transactions 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

          Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) performs consulting and certain other services for the Company pursuant to an agreement to provide management, consulting and certain other services (the “KKR Contract”).  Pursuant to the KKR Contract, the Company agreed to pay KKR $500 per year, plus reasonable expenses incurred to provide the services.  The KKR Contract continues in effect from year to year unless KKR agrees with the Company to amend or terminate the contract.  Partnerships affiliated with KKR owned 42.2%, 40.5%, and 38.5% of the Company’s Common Stock as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  Pursuant to the KKR Contract, the Company incurred fees of $500 related to services provided by KKR during each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.  The Company also reimbursed KKR for expenses incurred on the Company’s behalf in the amounts of approximately $7, $18 and $26 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  The Company owed KKR fees of $125 as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Fisher Capital Corporation, LLC 

          Fisher Capital Corp. LLC (“Fisher Capital”) performs consulting and certain other services for the Company pursuant to an agreement to provide management, consulting and certain other services (the “Fisher Capital Contract”).  Pursuant to the Fisher Capital Contract, the Company agreed to pay Fisher Capital, during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, $95 per year plus reasonable expenses incurred to provide the services.  James R. Fisher, the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board, is the managing member of Fisher Capital.  Pursuant to the Fisher Capital Contract, the Company incurred fees of $95 related to services provided by Fisher Capital during each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.  The Company also reimbursed Fisher Capital for expenses incurred on the Company’s behalf in the amounts of approximately $32, $47 and $53 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  Mr. Fisher did not receive any portion of the fees paid to Fisher Capital in 2006, 2005 or 2004.  The Company owed no fees to Fisher Capital as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.  The Company and Fisher Capital agreed to terminate the Fisher Capital Contract effective December 31, 2006.

          At December 31, 2006 and 2005, Fisher Capital held options to purchase 873,546 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.  These options have an exercise price of $3.83 per share and expire beginning on July 9, 2013 through October 1, 2018.  All these options were issued prior to 2004 and are fully vested. 

Investigation Expenses

          In 2006 and 2005, each of KKR; Gary Colton, a member of Fisher Capital; and James R. Fisher, the Company’s Executive Chairman, incurred separate expenses in connection with governmental investigations by the SEC and the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York relating to the Company’s reinsurance agreements. (See Note 9.) In 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred legal fees and related expenses associated with these investigations on behalf of KKR of approximately $6 and $467, respectively.  In 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred legal fees and related expenses associated with these investigations on behalf of Mr. Colton of approximately $0 and $89, respectively.  In 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred legal fees and related expenses associated with these investigations on behalf of James R. Fisher of approximately $22 and $213, respectively.

F-21



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Firemark Services Agreement and OneShield

          Firemark Partners LLC (“Firemark”) is a service company created by Inder-Jeet Gujral.  Mr. Gujral is one of the founders of OneShield Inc. (“OneShield”), the developer of the Company’s OneStep® software.  Mr. Gujral is also Chairman of the Board of Directors of OneShield and a controlling partner of Firemark.  Mr. Gujral was a director of the Company from March 24, 2004 through May 19, 2006.  As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, Mr. Gujral owned 0.15% and 0.57% of OneShield’s shares on a fully diluted basis. Certain members and employees of KKR, Fisher Capital and James R. Fisher, the Company’s Executive Chairman, have interests in OneShield through Aurora Investments LLC (“Aurora”).  As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, Aurora’s interest in OneShield was 7.1% and 13.1% on a fully diluted basis.

          Firemark Services Agreement.  The Company entered into a services agreement with Firemark, dated July 24, 2002, as corrected and amended on November 8, 2005 and amended as of October 1, 2006 (the “Firemark Agreement”).  The Company paid Firemark and OneShield, collectively, $2,680, $3,411, and $1,612 for services and license fees under the Firemark Agreement in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The payment of $2,680 in 2006 includes the prepayment of all remaining license fees under the Firemark Agreement in the amount of $818 which constituted prepayment of $900 in license fees remaining due under the Firemark Services Agreement, at the present value of the remaining monthly payments discounted by 15% at the time of prepayment.

          Firemark Options.  Pursuant to the Firemark Agreement, in exchange for providing development and implementation assistance to the Company with respect to OneStep, the Company granted Firemark options to purchase 521,520 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $3.83 per share.  Twenty-five percent of these options vested in the first year of the services agreement, while vesting of the remaining 75% of these options is based upon delivery of the OneStep system and future specified improvements in the Company’s underwriting expense ratio, as measured against the underwriting expense ratio for the four quarters prior to the effective date of the services agreement.  As of December 31, 2006, these vesting requirements had not been satisfied.

          On November 21, 2005, Firemark assigned 78,228 of its options to purchase 521,520 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to OneShield, representing OneShield’s 15% ownership interest in Firemark.  Also on November 21, 2005, OneShield exercised options to purchase 19,557 shares, representing the 25% vested portion of the options assigned by Firemark.  OneShield settled the exercise price of $75 for these options by foregoing 3,863 of the Company’s shares, at a per share closing market price of $19.39 per share.  As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, OneShield held options to purchase 58,671 shares.

          On March 24, 2006, Firemark exercised options to purchase 110,823 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.  Firemark used 22,662 of the option shares to settle the exercise price of $424 for these options.  The number of option shares used to settle the exercise price was calculated using the per share closing market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise of $18.73.  As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, Firemark held options to purchase 332,469 and 443,292 shares, respectively.

          Company Investments in and Loans to OneShield.  As consideration for OneShield being chosen as the subcontractor in this services agreement, OneShield granted the Company warrants to purchase OneShield common stock equal to 2% of the then fully diluted capital stock of OneShield.  In addition, the Company purchased 8.0 million shares of Series D preferred stock of OneShield.  Jeffrey J. Dailey, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, became a director of OneShield on November 25, 2003, pursuant to an investor rights agreement entered into in connection with the Company’s investment in OneShield.

          Effective March 30, 2006, OneShield completed a recapitalization and an equity financing with the consent of its stockholders, including the Company.  Pursuant to the recapitalization, the Company’s 8.0 million shares of OneShield Series D preferred stock were converted into 1.6 million units consisting of 1.6 million shares of OneShield Series E-2 preferred stock and 1.6 million shares of OneShield Series C-2 common stock.  The Company’s warrants to purchase OneShield common stock also were converted into warrants to purchase OneShield Series C-3 common stock.  Pursuant to the recapitalization and the financing, OneShield authorized and issued Series E-1 preferred stock with liquidation preferences equal to three times the investment amount that are senior to the Series E-2 preferred stock.

          The Company’s total ownership of OneShield stock (including the warrants but excluding debt conversion rights) represented 6.5% and 6.2% of the fully diluted capital stock of OneShield as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned $2,000 of OneShield Series E-2 preferred stock and Series D preferred stock, respectively, and had loans receivable, including accrued interest receivable, from OneShield of $313 and $290, respectively. (See Note 15.)

F-22



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Alea Discretionary Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement

          At December 31, 2004, affiliates of KKR owned approximately 40.6% of Alea.  James R. Fisher, the Company’s Executive Chairman is on the board of directors of Alea.  The Company entered into a three-year Discretionary Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement with Alea, effective January 1, 2002, which was terminated and commuted effective January 1, 2005.  Pursuant to this quota share reinsurance agreement, direct written premium of $164,607 and loss and LAE of $96,399 were ceded to Alea for the year ended December 31, 2004.  The Company’s net ceding commissions earned from Alea were $24,758 for the year ended December 31, 2004.

9.  Commitments and Contingencies

          Operating Leases - The Company leases office space and has several operating leases for office equipment. Total expense for these leases was $8,813, $9,186, and $8,661 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases as of December 31, 2006:

2007

 

$

7,197

 

2008

 

 

6,235

 

2009

 

 

5,235

 

2010

 

 

3,788

 

2011

 

 

3,557

 

Thereafter

 

 

9,804

 

 

 



 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

35,816

 

 

 



 

          Litigation - On April 21, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation (“FOIR”) requesting documents related to all reinsurance agreements to which the Company has been a party since January 1, 1998.  On May 2, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the SEC seeking documents relating to “certain loss mitigation insurance products.”  On June 14, 2005, the Company received a grand jury subpoena from the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York (“USAO”) seeking information related to the Company’s finite reinsurance activities.  The Company has been informed that other insurance industry participants have received similar subpoenas.

          The Company has cooperated with the FOIR, the SEC and the USAO.  All of the material reinsurance agreements to which the Company has been a party have been terminated and settled, and the reinsurers have been released from all future liabilities under the agreements.  Inasmuch as the governmental investigations are ongoing and the various regulatory authorities could reach conclusions different from the Company’s conclusions concerning the treatment of these transactions that are reflected in the Company’s financial statements, it would be premature to reach any conclusions as to the likely outcome of these matters or their potential impact upon the Company.

          The Company is named as a defendant in a number of class action and individual lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, the outcomes of which are uncertain at this time.  These cases include those plaintiffs who challenge various aspects of the Company’s claims and marketing practices and business operations and seek restitution, damages and other remedies.  The Company plans to contest the outstanding lawsuits vigorously.

          The Company accounts for such activity through the establishment of appropriate reserves.  The Company believes the current assumptions and other considerations the Company uses to estimate its potential liability for such litigation are appropriate.  While it is not possible to know with certainty the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits, based on the facts currently available to it, the Company believes it has adequately reserved for its existing known litigation and that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.  In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these lawsuits, as well as the tax-deductibility of any related payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these lawsuits could exceed the reserves established by amounts that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in a particular quarter or year.

F-23



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

10.  Stock Ownership
(Number of shares, options, warrants, and share prices expressed in whole numbers)

Employee Stock Options

          The Company has issued stock options to its employees under two plans:  the 1998 Stock Option Plan for Management and Key Employees (the “1998 Plan”) of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) of Bristol West Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  The options issued under these plans vest ratably over periods of two or five years, or earlier if there is an acceleration event, such as a change in control.  Options expire on and are no longer exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the grant date.  The original amount of shares authorized for grant under the 1998 Plan and the 2004 Plan were 2,607,600 and 3,000,000, respectively.  In the aggregate, there were 1,224,589 and 1,062,858 options exercisable under these plans at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.  The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding under these plans was 2.07 years as of December 31, 2006.

          There were no employee option grants made during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.  Employee stock option activity under both the 1998 Plan and the 2004 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2006 is detailed below:

Option shares

 

Number
of Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 


 



 



 

Outstanding December 31, 2003

 

 

2,503,378

 

$

4.20

 

Exercised during 2004

 

 

(1,098,319

)

 

3.83

 

Expired during 2004

 

 

(17,676

)

 

5.15

 

Granted during 2004

 

 

25,166

 

 

20.91

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2004

 

 

1,412,549

 

 

4.76

 

Exercised during 2005

 

 

(41,771

)

 

4.09

 

Expired during 2005

 

 

(17,960

)

 

5.91

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2005

 

 

1,352,818

 

 

4.77

 

Exercised during 2006

 

 

(27,027

)

 

3.90

 

Expired during 2006

 

 

(30,663

)

 

15.25

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2006

 

 

1,295,128

 

$

4.54

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 


 


 

Exercise Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average Price

 

Remaining
Term (in years)

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average Price

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

$3.83

 

 

1,170,338

 

$

3.83

 

 

1.70

 

 

1,119,097

 

$

3.83

 

$7.67 - $20.91

 

 

124,790

 

 

11.16

 

 

5.59

 

 

105,492

 

 

11.80

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,295,128

 

$

4.54

 

 

2.07

 

 

1,224,589

 

$

4.52

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

F-24



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Non-Employee Options and Warrants

          On July 24, 2002, the Company granted options to purchase 521,520 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price of $3.83 per share to Firemark in exchange for providing development and implementation assistance to the Company with respect to the Company’s OneStep software.  These options expire on July 24, 2012.  The Company capitalized $256 of costs related to options to purchase 130,380 of these shares.  The Company calculated the grant date fair value of the options utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:  dividend yield of 0%, expected volatility of 30%, risk-free interest rate of 4.65% and an average expected life of 10 years.  The vesting of the remaining options to purchase 391,140 shares is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance criteria.  As of December 31, 2006, these vesting requirements had not been satisfied.  (See Note 8.)

          On November 21, 2005, Firemark assigned 78,228 of these options (representing 15% of the total 521,520 option shares) to OneShield, the developer of the Company’s OneStep software and owner of 15% of the equity interest of Firemark.  Also on November 21, 2005, OneShield exercised options to purchase 19,557 shares, representing the 25% vested portion of the options assigned by Firemark.  OneShield settled the exercise price of $75 for these options by foregoing 3,863 of the Company’s shares, at a per share closing market price of $19.39 per share.  As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, OneShield held options to purchase 58,671 shares.

          On March 24, 2006, Firemark exercised options to purchase 110,823 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Firemark used 22,662 of the option shares to settle the exercise price of $424 for these options. The number of option shares used to settle the exercise price was calculated using the per share closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise of $18.73. As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, Firemark held options to purchase 332,469 and 443,292 shares, respectively.

          In addition, Inter-Ocean Reinsurance (Ireland) Limited held warrants to purchase 432,613 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. These warrants have an exercise price of $3.83 per share and expire on July 1, 2016. These options were issued in 2001 and are fully vested, subject to a cap on the maximum fair market value of exercised warrants which, if applicable, would result in the issuance of fewer shares of the Company’s Common Stock upon exercise.

          At December 31, 2006 and 2005, other non-employees held options to purchase an aggregate of 893,103 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.  These options have an exercise price of $3.83 per share and expire beginning on April 1, 2008 through October 1, 2018.  All of these options were issued prior to 2004 and are fully vested.

Restricted Shares

          The Company began issuing restricted stock awards to employees and directors in 2004 pursuant to the 2004 Plan.  The outstanding restricted stock awards were issued as time-based awards, which vest upon the lapse of a period of time, provided that the holder continues to be an employee or director, as appropriate, on the vesting date.  These awards typically vest in two or five years, or earlier if there is an acceleration event.  The restricted stock awards are expensed pro rata over the vesting period based on the grant date fair value of the awards under SFAS No. 123R.

          A summary of all employee and director restricted stock activity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 follows:

Shares outstanding, January 1, 2004

 

 

—  

 

Shares granted

 

 

312,157

 

Shares forfeited

 

 

(18,098

)

 

 



 

Shares outstanding, December 31, 2004

 

 

294,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted

 

 

186,109

 

Shares forfeited

 

 

(4,927

)

 

 



 

Shares outstanding, December 31, 2005

 

 

475,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted

 

 

299,119

 

Shares forfeited

 

 

(76,166

)

Shares vested

 

 

(30,081

)

 

 



 

Shares outstanding, December 31, 2006

 

 

668,113

 

 

 



 

F-25



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective method.  This transition method applies to new awards and awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the effective date of this statement.  The Company recognized compensation costs of $10 after taxes during the year ended December 31, 2006, based on the grant date fair value of its unvested awards and the remaining requisite service period.  Results for prior periods have not been restated as provided for under the modified prospective approach.  For equity awards granted after the date of adoption, the Company amortizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term.

          The Company receives a tax deduction for certain stock option exercises when the options are exercised, generally for the excess of the stock price at the time of exercise over the exercise price of the options.  Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash inflows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  SFAS No. 123R requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of the grant-date fair value for those options to be classified as financing cash inflows rather than operating cash inflows, on a prospective basis.  Accordingly, the Company recognized tax benefits on the exercise of stock options within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as a financing cash inflow of $740 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and as an operating cash inflow of $304 for the year ended December 31, 2005.

          The following table shows the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 had compensation expense been recognized based upon the estimated grant date fair value of the awards, in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

Net income, as reported

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

 

(209

)

 

(271

)

 

 



 



 

Pro forma net income

 

$

54,493

 

$

60,866

 

 

 



 



 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic—As reported

 

$

1.78

 

$

1.99

 

Basic—Pro forma

 

$

1.78

 

$

1.98

 

Diluted—As reported

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.89

 

Diluted—Pro forma

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.88

 

          There were no employee option grants made during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.  For grants made in 2004, the estimated fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:  dividend yield of 1.0%, expected volatility of 25.9%, risk-free interest rate of 2.1% and an average expected life of 5 years.

F-26



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

11. Property, Software and Equipment

          Property, software and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

4,902

 

$

6,160

 

Office and computer equipment

 

 

15,547

 

 

17,289

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

1,672

 

 

1,786

 

Vehicles

 

 

18

 

 

121

 

Computer software

 

 

22,751

 

 

20,353

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

44,890

 

 

45,709

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(24,854

)

 

(26,564

)

 

 



 



 

Property, software and equipment - net

 

$

20,036

 

$

19,145

 

 

 



 



 

          The Company recorded $5,136, $5,267, and $3,966 for depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The Company recorded $2,102, $1,332, and $2,071 of amortization expense related to internal use software costs for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

12. Regulatory Matters

          The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation by government agencies in the states in which the subsidiaries are domiciled and licensed to transact business.  State insurance laws restrict the ability of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries to make dividend payments and enter into intercompany transactions.  As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of $32,869 without seeking regulatory approval.  Such dividends, if paid, would be subject to regulatory dividend reporting requirements.  No such dividends were paid or declared during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  Statutory surplus of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, determined in accordance with prescribed statutory accounting practices, was $354,742 and $304,160 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  Statutory net income was $24,577, $35,676, and $25,669 during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          The insurance subsidiaries of the Company prepare their statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance departments.  Prescribed statutory accounting practices include publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules.

          The state insurance departments that have jurisdiction over the Company’s insurance subsidiaries may conduct on-site visits and examinations of the Company’s insurers’ affairs, including their financial condition, ability to fulfill their obligations to policyholders, market conduct, claims practices and compliance with other laws and applicable regulations.  Typically, these examinations are conducted every three to five years.  In addition, if circumstances dictate, regulators are authorized to conduct special or target examinations of insurers to address particular concerns or issues. The results of these examinations can give rise to regulatory orders requiring remedial, injunctive or other corrective action on the part of the company that is the subject of the examination or assessing fines or other penalties against that company. Currently, there are four such examinations and related proceedings in progress involving the Company’s insurance subsidiaries.  The outcomes of these examinations and related proceedings are uncertain and, at the present time, the Company cannot determine their impact on the Company.  While it is not possible to know with certainty the ultimate outcome of such examinations, based on the facts currently available to it, the Company believes that such examinations will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.  In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these examinations, as well as the tax deductibility of any related payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these examinations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows in a particular quarter or year.

F-27



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

          The accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) are comprised of the following:

 

 

Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on Securities

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

 

 



 



 

Balance at January 1, 2004

 

$

2,132

 

$

2,132

 

2004 change, net of tax of $839

 

 

(1,492

)

 

(1,492

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

640

 

 

640

 

2005 change, net of tax of $2,267

 

 

(4,030

)

 

(4,030

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

(3,390

)

 

(3,390

)

2006 change, net of tax of $797

 

 

1,417

 

 

1,417

 

 

 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2006

 

$

(1,973

)

$

(1,973

)

 

 



 



 

14. Net Income per Share

          Basic net income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.  Diluted net income per share includes the dilutive effect of outstanding options and warrants, using the treasury stock method.  Under the treasury stock method, exercise of options is assumed with the proceeds used to purchase Common Stock at the average price for the period.  The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares purchased represents the dilutive shares.

          The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net Income applicable to common stockholders

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted average common shares - basic

 

 

29,191,766

 

 

30,648,419

 

 

30,680,692

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

1,082,497

 

 

1,178,701

 

 

1,369,162

 

Restricted stock

 

 

195,455

 

 

97,951

 

 

14,354

 

Warrants

 

 

214,478

 

 

220,564

 

 

239,914

 

 

 



 



 



 

Weighted average common shares - dilutive

 

 

30,684,196

 

 

32,145,635

 

 

32,304,122

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic Earnings Per Share

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.78

 

$

1.99

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted Earnings Per Share

 

$

1.37

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.89

 

 

 



 



 



 

F-28



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

15. Subsequent Events

Merger of Bristol West and a Subsidiary of Farmers Group, Inc.

          On March 1, 2007, the Company entered into a merger agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with Farmers Group, Inc. (“Farmers”) pursuant to which BWH Acquisition Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Farmers (“Merger Sub”) will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Farmers (the “Merger”).  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time and as a result of the Merger, each then outstanding share (each a “Share”) of Common Stock, including restricted stock (which vests upon a change in control), will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $22.50 in cash per Share, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”).  Each share of Common Stock that is subject to a then outstanding option and warrant that is vested or vests upon a change in control will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration less the exercise price per Share for the option and warrant.  Each hypothetical share of Common Stock then included in a non employee director’s deferred compensation account (each a “Phantom Share”) under the Company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan also will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration.  The Merger is subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders and regulatory authorities, and other customary closing conditions.  Further, both the Company and Farmers may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated by December 1, 2007.  The Company currently expects the Merger to close before the end of 2007.  However, it is possible that factors outside of the Company’s control could require the parties to complete the Merger at a later time or not to complete it at all.

          The Merger Agreement contains a “go shop” provision pursuant to which the Company has the right to solicit and engage in discussions and negotiations with respect to competing proposals through March 31, 2007 (the “go shop period end date”).  After the go shop period end date, the Company may continue discussions with certain persons who have made proposals before 11:59 pm (ET) on the go-shop period end date and, subject to certain conditions, respond to unsolicited inquiries by other persons interested in acquiring the Company.  After the go shop period end date, the Company is not permitted to solicit other proposals and may not share information or have discussions regarding alternative proposals, except in certain circumstances. 

           The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for the Company and Farmers.  The Company may terminate the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances before approval of the Merger Agreement by its stockholders if its board of directors determines in good faith that the Company has received and the board accepts a Superior Proposal (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and the Company otherwise complies with certain terms of the Merger Agreement.  In connection with such a termination, the Company must pay a fee of $21 million to Farmers, unless concurrently with the termination the Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal submitted by certain persons who made proposals through the go shop period end date, in which case the termination fee will be $14 million.  The Merger Agreement provides that in certain other circumstances where either the Company or Farmers unilaterally terminates the Merger Agreement, the Company will pay Farmers a termination fee of $21 million.  In certain circumstances where the Company is not obligated to pay such a termination fee, the Merger Agreement provides that the Company must pay certain expenses incurred by Farmers and Merger Sub in connection with the Merger up to $4 million.

          The Merger Agreement contains customary covenants by the Company, including, without limitation, (1) to conduct its business in the ordinary and usual course during the interim period between the execution of the Merger Agreement and consummation of the Merger, (2) not to engage in certain kinds of transactions during that period, (3) that, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s Board of Directors will recommend approval of the Merger by its stockholders, and (4) unless the Merger Agreement is terminated, to convene and hold a meeting of the Company’s stockholders to consider and vote upon the approval of the Merger.

          The terms of certain of the Company’s agreements including contracts, employee benefit arrangements and debt instruments have provisions which could result in changes to the terms or settlement amounts of these agreements upon a change in control of the Company.

F-29



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Additional Investment in OneShield

          On February 15, 2007, the Company invested $500 in exchange for 400,000 units, each consisting of one share of OneShield Series
E-1 preferred stock and one share of OneShield Series C-1 common stock, on substantially the same terms as OneShield’s March 30, 2006 equity financing.  The Series E-1 preferred stock has senior liquidation preferences equal to three times the initial investment amount. (See Note 8.)  As of February 28, 2007, the Company’s total ownership of OneShield stock (including the warrants but excluding debt conversion rights) represented 7.2% of the fully diluted capital stock of OneShield.

16. Quarterly Results for 2006 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

 

First Quarter

 

Second Quarter

 

Third Quarter

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

163,883

 

$

164,547

 

$

164,646

 

$

168,003

 

Cost and Expenses

 

 

146,773

 

 

148,878

 

 

149,719

 

 

151,477

 

Net income

 

 

11,190

 

 

10,346

 

 

9,807

 

 

10,793

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

0.38

 

 

0.35

 

 

0.34

 

 

0.37

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.36

 

 

0.34

 

 

0.32

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

185,605

 

$

175,103

 

$

162,576

 

$

154,265

 

Cost and Expenses

 

 

159,219

 

 

154,521

 

 

142,052

 

 

137,380

 

Net income

 

 

16,821

 

 

13,121

 

 

13,084

 

 

11,676

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

0.53

 

 

0.42

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.39

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.51

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.37

 

F-30



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE I
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS - OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES
(in thousands)

 

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

Type of Investment

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Amount at
which shown on
Balance Sheet

 


 



 



 



 

Fixed Maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities

 

$

2,761

 

$

2,761

 

$

2,761

 

Mortgage backed bonds

 

 

120,432

 

 

120,248

 

 

120,248

 

Tax exempt bonds

 

 

222,236

 

 

220,617

 

 

220,617

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,089

 

 

11,871

 

 

11,871

 

Corporate and other

 

 

139,295

 

 

138,230

 

 

138,230

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

496,813

 

$

493,727

 

$

493,727

 

 

 



 



 



 

Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,000

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,000

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total investments

 

$

498,813

 

$

495,727

 

$

495,727

 

 

 



 



 



 

S-1



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS,  INC.
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

9,795

 

$

20,372

 

Equity securities

 

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

283,461

 

 

235,609

 

Due from affiliates

 

 

816

 

 

557

 

Deferred financing fees

 

 

647

 

 

1,540

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

55,942

 

 

44,412

 

Goodwill

 

 

101,481

 

 

101,546

 

Other assets

 

 

3,809

 

 

2,986

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

457,951

 

$

409,022

 

 

 



 



 

Liabilities and Capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

 

$

1,200

 

$

2,142

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

 

100,000

 

 

69,925

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

 

101,200

 

 

72,067

 

 

 



 



 

Stockholders’  Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value

 

 

332

 

 

328

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

235,086

 

 

235,308

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(54,937

)

 

(34,078

)

Stock subscriptions receivable

 

 

(27

)

 

(59

)

Retained earnings

 

 

178,270

 

 

144,609

 

Deferred compensation on restricted stock

 

 

—  

 

 

(5,763

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(1,973

)

 

(3,390

)

 

 



 



 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

356,751

 

 

336,955

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

457,951

 

$

409,022

 

 

 



 



 

S-2



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS,  INC.
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

$

241

 

$

256

 

$

31

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total income

 

 

241

 

 

256

 

 

31

 

 

 



 



 



 

Cost and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

4,130

 

 

3,816

 

 

2,597

 

Amortization expense

 

 

1,599

 

 

413

 

 

371

 

Extinguishment of debt

 

 

1,311

 

 

—  

 

 

1,613

 

Other expenses

 

 

8,457

 

 

7,850

 

 

3,016

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total expenses

 

 

15,497

 

 

12,079

 

 

7,597

 

 

 



 



 



 

Loss before federal income taxes and equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(15,256

)

 

(11,823

)

 

(7,566

)

Income taxes

 

 

(5,299

)

 

(1,408

)

 

(2,698

)

 

 



 



 



 

Loss before equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(9,957

)

 

(10,415

)

 

(4,868

)

 

 



 



 



 

Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

52,093

 

 

65,117

 

 

66,005

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net earnings

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

 

 



 



 



 

S-3



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
(in thousands)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

42,136

 

$

54,702

 

$

61,137

 

Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(52,093

)

 

(65,117

)

 

(66,005

)

Extinguishment of debt

 

 

1,311

 

 

—  

 

 

1,613

 

Change in working capital

 

 

20,339

 

 

65,392

 

 

627

 

Tax benefit on exercise of stock options

 

 

—  

 

 

304

 

 

8,147

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

11,693

 

 

55,281

 

 

5,519

 

 

 



 



 



 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

 

 

(25,000

)

 

—  

 

 

(110,000

)

Purchase of equity securities

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(400

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(25,000

)

 

—  

 

 

(110,400

)

 

 



 



 



 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

113,405

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

105

 

 

171

 

 

5,548

 

Tax benefit on exercise of stock options

 

 

740

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Principal repayment at time of debt extinguishment

 

 

(67,975

)

 

—  

 

 

(71,500

)

Principal payments on long-term debt

 

 

(1,950

)

 

(3,463

)

 

(1,612

)

Issuance of long-term debt

 

 

100,000

 

 

—  

 

 

75,000

 

Payment of fees and expenses related to acquisition of long-term debt

 

 

(706

)

 

—  

 

 

(2,325

)

Payment of dividends to stockholders

 

 

(8,468

)

 

(7,975

)

 

(4,714

)

Payments on stock subscription receivable

 

 

32

 

 

61

 

 

274

 

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

 

(19,048

)

 

(30,951

)

 

(69

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,730

 

 

(42,157

)

 

114,007

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

 

(10,577

)

 

13,124

 

 

9,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

20,372

 

 

7,248

 

 

(1,878

)

 

 



 



 



 

Cash, end of period

 

$

9,795

 

$

20,372

 

$

7,248

 

 

 



 



 



 

S-4



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE III
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
(in thousands)

 

 

Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs

 

Reserves for
Unpaid Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses

 

Unearned
Premiums

 

Earned
Premiums

 

Fee Income
and Other

 

Net
Investment
Income

 

Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
Incurred

 

Amortization
of Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs

 

Other
Expenses

 

Net
Written
Premium

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and Casualty

 

$

47,243

 

$

239,177

 

$

189,605

 

$

581,062

 

$

58,480

 

$

21,464

 

$

394,074

 

$

961

 

$

49,948

 

$

604,046

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

47,243

 

$

239,177

 

$

189,605

 

$

581,062

 

$

58,480

 

$

21,464

 

$

394,074

 

$

961

 

$

49,948

 

$

604,046

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and Casualty

 

$

46,283

 

$

221,445

 

$

185,360

 

$

595,072

 

$

65,395

 

$

17,188

 

$

394,606

 

$

15,255

 

$

44,526

 

$

653,131

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

46,283

 

$

221,445

 

$

185,360

 

$

595,072

 

$

65,395

 

$

17,188

 

$

394,606

 

$

15,255

 

$

44,526

 

$

653,131

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and Casualty

 

$

31,028

 

$

222,326

 

$

214,431

 

$

325,321

 

$

76,562

 

$

9,018

 

$

219,358

 

$

58,428

 

$

37,216

 

$

369,011

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

31,028

 

$

222,326

 

$

214,431

 

$

325,321

 

$

76,562

 

$

9,018

 

$

219,358

 

$

58,428

 

$

37,216

 

$

369,011

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

S-5



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE IV
REINSURANCE
(in thousands)

 

 

Gross
Amount

 

Ceded to
Other
Companies

 

Assumed
From Other
Companies

 

Net
Amount

 

Percentage of
Amount
Assumed to Net

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

For the year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and casualty insurance premiums

 

$

564,639

 

$

9,657

 

$

26,080

 

$

581,062

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total premiums

 

$

564,639

 

$

9,657

 

$

26,080

 

$

581,062

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

For the year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and casualty insurance premiums

 

$

625,444

 

$

51,872

 

$

21,500

 

$

595,072

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total premiums

 

$

625,444

 

$

51,872

 

$

21,500

 

$

595,072

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and casualty insurance premiums

 

$

681,554

 

$

370,284

 

$

14,051

 

$

325,321

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total premiums

 

$

681,554

 

$

370,284

 

$

14,051

 

$

325,321

 

 

4

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

S-6



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE V
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

 

 

Balance
January 1,

 

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

 

Charged to
Other Accounts -
Earned Premium

 

Write-offs/
Payments/
Other

 

Balance
December 31,

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

6,758

 

$

—  

 

$

6,974

 

$

(7,636

)

$

6,096

 

Accumulated depreciation of property, software, and equipment

 

 

26,564

 

 

7,238

 

 

—  

 

 

(8,948

)

 

24,854

 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

 

 

997

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(65

)

 

932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

15,845

 

$

1,161

 

$

6,604

 

$

(16,852

)

$

6,758

 

Accumulated depreciation of property, software, and equipment

 

 

19,965

 

 

6,599

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

26,564

 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

 

 

1,063

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(66

)

 

997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

16,812

 

$

50

 

$

10,912

 

$

(11,929

)

$

15,845

 

Accumulated depreciation of property, software, and equipment

 

 

14,346

 

 

6,037

 

 

 

 

 

(418

)

 

19,965

 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

 

 

1,128

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

 

1,063

 

S-7



BRISTOL WEST HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE VI
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION CONCERNING PROPERTY
AND CASUALTY INSURANCE OPERATIONS
(in thousands)

 

 

Losses and Loss Adjustment
Expenses Incurred Related to:

 

Paid Losses and
Loss Adjustment
Expenses

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Current Year

 

Prior Years

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

$

388,781

 

$

5,293

 

$

386,823

 

2005

 

$

394,597

 

$

9

 

$

302,623

 

2004

 

$

216,845

 

$

2,513

 

$

202,948

 

S-8